Prepare a first tour in Thailand can quickly become a puzzle. The country is vast, very diverse, and the possibilities for itineraries are numerous: sprawling capital, ancient historical cities, northern mountains, southern islands…
It's difficult to see everything in one trip, especially when you have limited time.
In practice, most itineraries follow a fairly similar pattern: arrival in Bangkok, one or two cultural or nature-focused stops inland, then a more relaxed stay by the sea. This pattern is found in many formats of tour in Thailandbut also among travellers who organise their own itinerary.
The idea here is therefore not to propose a perfect itinerary, but rather to review the main types of circuits which work well for a first stay, each time with a concrete example which you can adapt according to your own pace and desires.
Beach tour: a first holiday focused on relaxation
Many people primarily associate Thailand with its beaches and islands. While I'm the first to admit it's a shame to overlook an entire facet of the country, planning a first trip largely focused on the sea allows you to discover Asia at a relaxed pace, simply keeping a short stopover in Bangkok.
The choice between the Andaman Sea and the Gulf of Thailand will depend mainly on the season, but also on the atmosphere you are looking for.
To make a long story short, in July/August, choose the Gulf of Thailand, in December/January, rather the Andaman (although it depends exactly where and the year).
Example of a beach tour (10 to 14 days)
- Day 1 : arrival in Bangkok.
- Day 2 : transfer to the south.
- Days 3–6 : Ko Pha Ngan
- Day 7 : journey to Krabi.
- Days 8–9 : Krabi region (Railay, Ao Nang, excursions).
- Days 10–11 Khao Lak + Phang Nga Bay.
- Days 12–14 : return to Bangkok and end of stay.
The important thing here is not to try to do everything in quick succession; many people want to see as much as possible at once and will plan 3 or 4 different islands, forgetting about distances and transfer times: it is better to remove a stage than to turn the trip into a marathon.
I should point out that the islands mentioned here are deliberately chosen outside of mass tourism hubs.
I could have quoted it more simply. Phuket ou Ko Samui, which remain perfectly valid destinations for a first stay, but the idea of this itinerary is rather to show that there are calmer alternatives or failing that, more balanced ones, while remaining easily accessible.
Islands like Ko Tao, Ko Phangan (outside of Full Moon Party) or Ko Lanta allow you to enjoy the beaches and the sea while maintaining a more relaxed atmosphere, with less concrete and a much more present tropical side, which many travelers seek on a first trip.
Mixed circuit: the most common choice
For a first trip, the most common route remains a species between the city, the north and the beaches. It's often the best compromise to get a good overview and discover several facets of the country without necessarily spreading yourself too thin.
Example of a mixed tour (approximately 2 weeks)
- Days 1–2 Bangkok.
- Day 3 Ayutthaya.
- Days 4–7 Chiang Mai and surrounding areas.
- Days 8–12 : island or seaside region (depending on the season).
- Days 13–14 : return to Bangkok, shopping and further sightseeing.
This format is very flexible: you can lengthen the north, shorten the beach, or insert a stage like Sukhothai or Chiang Rai depending on the priorities.
Nature trail: heading north
For those who prefer to focus on nature activities, hiking, and mountain landscapes, Northern Thailand is often a real favorite.
Around Chiang Mai et Chiang RaiWe visit centuries-old temples, ethnic villages, rice paddies, forests and spectacular viewpoints.
This type of tour is well suited to a trip more focused on meeting local people, and encourages relaxation in the many homestays surrounded by lush nature (particularly from May to November).
Example of a nature tour (approximately 2 weeks)
- Days 1–2 : Bangkok, night train to Sukhothai (via Phitsanulok)
- Days 3–4 Sukhothai Historical Park
- Days 5–7 Chiang Mai and surrounding areas (Doi suthep, Doi inthanon(markets, crafts).
- Days 8–9 Pai and its surroundings.
- Days 10–11 : Chiang Rai (White Temple, Blue Temple, Golden Triangle).
- Day 12 : elephant sanctuary (from Chiang Rai → Elephant Steps)
- Days 13–14 : return to Bangkok.
This itinerary can of course be simplified or shortened, but it gives a good idea of what the North has to offer for a first nature-oriented stay.
Cultural tour: what to see during a first visit?
I'll finish with the least obvious itinerary, but if your priority is to discover the history and major sites of the country (less common for Thailand, let's not kid ourselves), a cultural tour is entirely possible.
It generally revolves around Bangkok and the former capitals which are Ayutthaya et Sukhothai, often with a possible extension to Chiang Mai, the former capital of the Lanna kingdom.
Bangkok allows you to quickly grasp the scale of modern Thailand: royal temples, old quarters, markets, canals, it is a constant contrast between modernity and traditions.
Ayutthaya and Sukhothai then offer a more tranquil glimpse into the past of the Kingdom of Siam, amidst ruins listed as UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Finally, Chiang Mai provides an immersion in Lanna culture and a nature break before ending the trip in the bustling capital.
Example of a cultural itinerary (10 to 12 days)
- Days 1–3 Bangkok (major temples, Chinatown, markets, boat trip).
- Day 4 : Ayutthaya, visit to the main temples.
- Days 5–6 Sukhothai and its historical park.
- Days 7–10 Chiang Mai (old town, Doi Suthep, excursions around).
- Days 11–12 : return to Bangkok and end of stay.
It's a balanced, fairly dense but coherent itinerary, well suited to a first trip without trying to cover multiple regions.
Which tour should you choose based on your travel time?
The length of stay obviously remains one of the key factors.
- less than 10 days : stay in a single area (Bangkok + surroundings, or a specific region).
- 10 12-days Bangkok + one or even two destinations if you have itchy feet.
- 2 weeks : mixed circuit possible.
- 3 weeks and more : possibility of considering a grand route from north to south, or of including more secluded regions such as Nan, Isan or some less frequented islands.
The longer the journey, the more interesting it becomes to stray from the classic routes and slow down the pace.
Which route should I choose depending on the time of year and the weather?
In Thailand, the season in which you travel directly influences the most enjoyable type of tour to follow. While the country can generally be visited year-round, some regions are significantly better suited to certain months.
From November to February: ideal for the northern half… but not everywhere along the coasts
This is indeed the best time to visit northern Thailand (Chiang Mai, Chiang Rai, Nan, Mae Hong Son…), with a dry climate, pleasant temperatures and good visibility.
On the other hand, on the seaward side, the situation is more mixed:
- Gulf of Thailand (Ko Samui, Ko Phangan, Ko Tao), the period November to early January often corresponds to the peak of the monsoon: rough seas, frequent rains and sometimes complicated crossings;
- on the coast Andaman (Phuket, Krabi, Ko Lanta…), November remains a transition period, with weather sometimes unstable depending on the year, although December and January are generally more reliable.
During this period, a north-oriented circuit + cities (Bangkok, Ayutthaya, Sukhothai) works very well, even if it means choosing the Andaman coast rather than the Gulf if you absolutely want to include beaches.
An alternative to consider for a first trip is the northern Gulf of Thailand, with islands like Ko chang ou Ko Makwhich remain easily accessible for a first stay in the land of smiles.
From March to May: marked heat
Temperatures are rising across much of the country, particularly in the central and northern regions. Highly urban or culturally focused itineraries can quickly become tiring.
Another important factor to consider: the agricultural burning seasonwhich affects a large part of the north of the country. It sometimes starts as early as January, often intensifies in February, and reaches its peak in March.
During this period, air quality can deteriorate significantly around Chiang Mai and all the central plains up to Bangkok, with reduced visibility and sometimes a stifling atmosphere.
For a first trip, it's clearly not ideal if you want to enjoy the scenery or do outdoor activities.
If you are travelling during this period, it is therefore best to:
- avoid routes centered on the north,
- or favour coastal regions and islands, where the air is generally much more breathable.
However, it's a good time for:
- a circuit oriented beaches and islands,
- or a mountain route (outside of February/March), where the heat is more bearable.
From June to October: rainy season, but not necessarily something to avoid
The rainy season varies greatly depending on the region and the year. It is not a continuous downpour, but rather a series of often short showers, usually at the end of the day.
Some useful points to consider:
- the coast Andaman is most exposed between June and September;
- le Gulf of Thailand is generally more favorable during the summer, with a later monsoon;
- The north remains perfectly accessible, with very green landscapes and waterfalls flowing freely.
At this time of year, a tour focused on a single region or a flexible itinerary, without too many fixed stops, is often the most comfortable.
In short, beyond the length of stay, the season plays a crucial role in choosing your itinerary. Adapting your trip to the actual weather in the regions you'll be visiting often helps avoid a lot of frustration… and allows you to enjoy your trip much more peacefully.
Conclusion
There is no single best itinerary for a first trip to Thailand, but several possible approaches depending on your preferences: culture, nature, beaches or a balance between the three.
The most important thing is to build a realistic itinerary, adapted to the length of stay, the best weather conditions, and to leave if possible a little room for the unexpected — often what we remember most from a first trip to the country.
579 Comments
Hello
I plan to come to Thailand for about 12 days from Feb 23 to Mar 6. After staying about 3 days in Bangkok, I would like to visit some beautiful beaches in the south. What tour and islands do you recommend for this period?
Hello,
The advantage of this period is that the weather is good everywhere, so for that, there are no restrictions. On the other hand, given the length of the stay, you will have to target. Either you can do a Ko Samui / Ko Phangan or Ko Tao combination, or settle for Phuket, which, due to its size, already has quite a few things to see and different beaches.
Possibly a combo Krabi (like Railay Beach) and Ko Lanta is also possible. It also depends on the atmosphere and style you are looking for exactly.
Hello Romain,
We will be in Thailand from the end of April to May 4th, for about two weeks with our daughters aged 9 and 12. We plan to visit Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai, and perhaps Kanchanaburi.
We'd like to spend a few days at the beach. Koh Samet is the closest, but if the weather is bad, there's not much to do, right? Are there any other options not too far away? I considered Petchaburi, but the long beach nearby doesn't appeal to me. And going all the way to Phuket at this time of year seems risky weather-wise, doesn't it? Making a long journey only to endure days of prolonged rain would be a real shame…
Hello,
The rainy season does not correspond to this period of "long rain", and fortunately. It is generally a thunderstorm rain occurring in the late afternoon and whose duration varies between 30 min and 1 hour max.
Hello Romain, I just read your blog but I'm still quite lost. We are coming to Asia and Thailand for the first time from April 20 to May 1. We are coming with our two daughters aged 5 and 13. We saw that it was the hot season but we have no other choice. We will stay 2/3 days in Bangkok, one day in Ayutthaya and then it's there where it remains more elusive. Our youngest would like to see an elephant reserve and we would like to enjoy a few days on the beach but would like to avoid mass tourism. Our criteria are also visits to temples or hikes or possible diving. Thank you for your feedback.
Hello,
Taking into account the transport times, you have to limit the distances. The problem is that for the elephants it would be more towards Kanchanaburi, where you can also go hiking even if the jungle is very dry so less pretty at this time of year. But then to reach an island afterwards it wastes a good day. One of the closest, which is not too touristy outside the weekend is Ko Samet but not ideal for diving, for that you would have to go further to Ko Kood for example.
Good evening Romain
Thank you for sharing all your experiences, because your blog is great.
We are going to Thailand in February and staying in Bangkok from the 10th to the 12th. We would then like to go to the ancient capital Sukhutai and then go to Chang Mai.
We are looking for transportation for 2 adults and our 2 daughters, including our luggage…
What do you think is the best means of transport to avoid wasting time there please?
How much should you expect to pay for a potentially reliable guide?
Merci de votre réponse
Hello and good year !
The most direct and therefore simple is to take a bus to Sukhothai and the same to Chiang Mai. The train is generally popular but it is slower and not direct since you have to first stop at Phitsanulok and then take a bus to Sukhothai. Make sure you specify that you are going to the historical site and not to the city of Sukhothai, the latter being 20 km from the historical park. I believe there are direct buses, but if you are ever dropped off at the city of Sukhothai, you will easily find shuttles on site to reach the historical park.
You should generally expect to pay 2500-3000 baht for a guide, after that it depends if you are looking for an English or French speaker.
Hello Romain,
We need 3 little tips for a 3 day (4 night) stay in the north of Thailand starting from BGK in early December…
1/ In your opinion, is it better to spend them discovering the Chiang Mai region? Or the Chiang Rai region?
2/ For 2 days of hiking (with overnight stay at a local’s house): where would you go?
3/ for a day on a scooter: which destination would you recommend?
Here.
If this seems too difficult to answer: that's okay!
Thanks again for your site which is very useful!
Serge
Hello,
So in the 3 days on site, that would include 2 days of hiking, so only one other day? That's very short...
1/ In absolute terms, there are beautiful things to see in both regions.
2/ For two days of hiking with a night at a local's house, there will be more options from Chiang Mai, so that rather answers your question 1/ And for the area, I would say either towards Doi Inthanon, you have Tee Watertown in this area which can offer nice walks, otherwise rather to the north towards Chiang Dao. Some agencies like Green Trails offer that.
3/ I'm going to be blunt on this question, if you don't have a motorcycle license, forget it. It will certainly be possible to find rental companies asking for nothing, but it's taking the risk in terms of insurance, and Thailand is already quite deadly on the roads, especially two-wheelers, Chiang Mai is in the top of the most dangerous provinces... If you are in order, and familiar with driving these machines, the answer is not obvious, because it depends on what you are looking for. But to try an answer, it is ultimately simple, if you are hiking to Doi Inthanon, spend the day in Chiang Dao, and if you go to Chiang Dao, well go to Doi Inthanon.
Afterwards, I find it a shame in this case not to visit the city at all, it has a rich history and is home to some of the oldest temples in the country. Not to mention the nearby mountain of Doi Suthep, its temple and its villages (notably Ban Khun Chang Khian), in short, two additional days to your schedule would not be too much.
Thank you Romain for your quick and detailed response: we really appreciate your concern for precision in your advice.
So we will take this into account!
Thank you again!
Looking forward to meeting you… maybe?!…
Have a nice weekend (holiday in France!)
Sylvie and Serge
Hello Romain, thank you for your blog and congratulations for your investment.
So, the situation is a bit complicated: we were supposed to go to Tahiti in May, from the 13th to the 27th, but unfortunately, my documents (passport and ID card) were stolen four weeks ago… I managed to get my passport back yesterday despite the administrative difficulties. As a result, we had to abandon Tahiti for a last-minute replacement trip. We're very tempted by Thailand, but we have no idea what places to see at that time of year. We enjoy hiking, experiencing the local culture, and also enjoying the beaches and diving or snorkeling. Could you give us some itinerary ideas for about twelve days? I understand that May is monsoon season; is it still bearable? I thought the procedures were simpler after May 1st. Thanks in advance for your help.
Hello,
As such, the monsoon is not insurmountable, it usually does not rain all day long even if May is clearly not ideal, especially since recently, the weather has actually been pretty bad in a good part of the country. Given the length of the stay, I would recommend not spreading out too much, unless you take a direct flight. Two days in Bangkok, with possibly a day trip to Ayutthaya, then two or three more days to Kanchanaburi. The rest, I would go to Ko Tao via the city of Chumphon, or night train (returning to Bangkok) to Surat Thani then Ko Samui or Ko Phangan.
By taking the plane to go faster, it would be possible to spend a few days in Chiang Mai, before going south. The procedures have, in fact, been simplified since May 1st, since there are no more PCR tests to be carried out, neither before coming, nor on site (if of course, you are vaccinated).
Hello Romain, first of all sorry for this late response. Then, thank you for your valuable advice. In view of the expected time and the particularly rushed conditions of our trip, we decided to turn to another destination a little easier to organize (Reunion). I wish you good luck and thank you again for responding so quickly.
Kind regards, Romuald
Hello,
Your blog is really very interesting, thank you very much for all this valuable advice!
I'm starting to believe we'll manage to go to Thailand for 3 months at the beginning of January. We'd like to do the "famous" loop around Chiang Mai.
I'd like to know if you or anyone else has done it by motorcycle/scooter? The distances and descriptions of the hundreds of bends in the travel guide worry me.
Thank you for everything, have a nice day
Hello,
With the latest news, I'm afraid you can't come in January without quarantine, unless your Thailand Pass application is already made... Otherwise, to answer the question, is it the Mae Hong Son loop that you mention or the smaller one in Samoeng? In both cases, I would like to remind you that to drive a scooter in Thailand, you must have a motorcycle license in France (the A, because the A1 allowing you to drive 125cc is not enough because it is not recognized in Thailand). So yes, you will certainly find rental companies who do not look at this detail but in the event of an accident, and it happens faster than you think, especially in Thailand (on average 60 deaths per day), you will not be covered by your insurance. If you are beginners, clearly I do not recommend... Thailand is certainly not a playground to discover two-wheelers without experience...
If already experienced, well concerning the license, it's up to you and concerning the road itself, I had only done a partial loop of Samoeng, otherwise I have been driving since then since I have my own vehicle, and it's much safer that way.
Hello Romain,
I am impressed to see that you have been responding to every message under this post for 6 years!!!! Well done and thank you very much for all the information provided.
I am going to Thailand in November with the following plans:
D1 arrival Bangkok and direction Kanchanaburi until D4
Days 4-7: Bangkok sightseeing, then departure for Phuket
D7 to 13 Phuket (with excursion to other islands but which ones?)
D14 Bangkok and return to France
Can you give me your opinion on this program please? Do you think it is feasible to go directly to Kanchanaburi upon arrival in Thailand?
What excursions do you recommend from Phuket? (I apologize if the answer is already on this blog)
Thank you in advance for your feedback.
Hello,
Since the blog is still active, there is no reason to stop responding to comments, even on an article dating back 6 years (which remains relevant 😉 )
This is a fairly standard route, so there's not much to complain about. It's possible to go directly to Kanchanaburi from the airport if you feel like driving for more than 3 hours after a 12-hour (minimum) flight, yes. You'll have taxis for that, and there are possibly minivans (check the lower floor for that)
If it's day trips, without an overnight stay, you can go out to Phang Nga Bay, Ko Phi Phi, which are classics, possibly a trip to Khao Sok Lake (after that it's not next door so the excursion leaves very early). You also have small islands like Coral Island (Ko He) and Koh Rachai, south of Phuket.
Hello,
I enjoy reading your articles. I get a lot of ideas from them. Thank you.
In summer we return to Thailand. This time we will focus on the North. I also plan to do the Mae Hong Son Loop.
Below is our itinerary.
What do you think ?
July 18: Arrival in Bangkok
July 19: Bangkok
July 20: Bangkok-Chiang Rai flight
July 21: Chiang Rai (car rental)
July 22: Towards Chiang Khong
July 23: Chiang Khong
July 24: Towards Mae Ai
July 25: Towards Chiang Mai
July 26: Chiang Mai
July 27: Chiang Mai
July 28: Mae Sariang
July 29: Mae Hong Son
July 30: Pai
July 31: Pai
August 1: Chiang Mai (return of the car)
August 2: flight Chiang Mai – Bangkok
August 3: Bangkok
August 4: Bangkok
August 5: return
Does this seem feasible to you?
Goods.
Hello,
As such it is feasible, but given the travel times, and especially the fact that many of them are mountain roads, it is not easy. I would tend to add a day in the north, by removing a day in Bangkok, for example, to spend a day in Mae Hong Son and only visit the surrounding areas without doing too many kilometers.
Thank you for your suggestion.
We are looking at what we can adapt.
Goods.
Hello,
We are coming to Thailand from 06/03/20 to 19/03/20.
What do you think of the following route (is it feasible, we are two adults aged 35):
Arrival on 06/03 in Bangkok around 15 p.m. rental of a car for the week and departure for Ayutthaya visit of the city
07/03 Departure from Ayutthaya to Sukhothai around 14pm
08/03 Departure from Sukhothai to Chiang Mai around 14pm
08/03 to 11/03 visit to Chiang Mai, Chiang Rai…
11/03 Drop off the car at Chiang Mai airport, Plane to Koh Samui
11/03 to 17/03 visit of the surrounding islands diving…
18/03 Flight to Bangkok
18/03 to 19/03 Visit Bangkok
19/03 23:50 p.m. Return to France
Hello,
Let's say it's a bit rushed. If you take the car at 15pm, at best, you arrive in Ayutthaya around 16pm, which leaves enough time to visit more or less only one site given the schedule (in general, temples close at 17pm, I'm talking about historical sites)
And leaving at 14pm the next day, that leaves only half a day to complete. Afterwards, given the distance, leaving Sukhothai at 14pm, you will arrive at nightfall in Chiang Mai, so you will visit nothing apart from the streets. Which would therefore leave only the 9th and 10th to fully visit because on the 11th, depending on the flight schedule, you will hardly have the full day. However, given the distance, it seems clearly too much to me to go to Chiang Rai, which is a 3-hour drive and the said road is under construction (so the journey is longer), which makes a 6-hour round trip to spend a single day there...
I would even go further, knowing that it is clearly not the best season (this year's drought not helping), the landscape will be foggy, the trees yellowed, dry, no rice fields and probably no water at the waterfalls...
If I had to choose to see some nature, I would go to Ayutthaya and then explore the Kanchanaburi region, which would avoid having to drive all the way north for a landscape that wasn't in top shape.
or if there are other ideas/routes more suitable for young children? 🙂
Hello Romain,
I would also like to take advantage of the good advice! We will be traveling for 2 weeks with 5 children aged 4, 7 and 14 from April 1 to 16. Suffice to say that the treks will be (unfortunately) a little complicated... The south is beautiful, of course, but we would especially like to stock up on culture... Not too many cars or internal planes and not running from one place to another, so we have excluded the North. So we thought we would arrive and go directly to Lopburi for the fun side for the children. Do Kao Yai (but, with young children, does it work, or is it worth it? our 4 year old daughter will not be able to walk too long), Kanchanaburi for a few days, Hua Hin and its region for a few days and finish with the Song Kran in BKK.
Does this sound good to you? How do we travel between the stages? If we take the price of public transport, for 5 it is worth the price of a taxi… Do you have any contacts who could drive us from one point to another and perhaps show us some great places that are not too touristy?
Thank you very much!
Hello,
For this season (April) I wouldn't say the opposite, avoid the north, it will be all the more dry as it already is due to the drought this year. And suddenly, your program seems coherent to me and remains suitable even with young children. Khao Yai remains nice given the probability of seeing animals, on the other hand there will be no water at the waterfalls (there was already practically none left at the end of January while there are 3 months of dry season left...)
As for traveling between stages, the easiest thing to do is to hire a driver, and more specifically a minivan if there are 5 of you. You can see here.
Hello,
Thanks for this tons of information.
We have booked our flight tickets to Thailand from October 19 to 30, 2020.
We will be a family of 5 (2 adults and 3 children aged 9 to 14).
I'm at the beginning of our journey and I'm interested in any tips you can give me.
Here is our draft program:
Arrival in Bangkok on 19.10, overnight stay and day of 20.10 in Bangkok
Departure by night sleeper train to Chiang Mai on the evening of the 20th
October 21-22-23: CHIANG MAI and Doi Inthanon National Park
On the evening of the 23rd, departure by plane for MAE HONG SON for a 2-day trek with ROSE GARDEN
Night of 23 to 24 and 25 to 26 near the lake of MAE HONG SON - The night between the 2 (from 24 to 25) in a tribe.
On the morning of the 26th, departure for a southern island until 29.10/XNUMX
The following islands would interest us: KOH LANTA/KOH PHI PHI/KHO YAO YAI/KOH YAO NOI
Departure from BANGKOK to PARIS on 29.10 at 23:55 p.m.
Is this a feasible program for you?
Thank you for your valuable advice.
Valérie
Hello,
I'm posting your message but I replied to you by email 😉
Thank you for this very nice blog.
I'm going backpacking with my children, ages 7 and 11, from July 6th to 22nd. I'd really like us to immerse ourselves in Thai culture, see exotic, wild, and varied landscapes, and encounter Asian animals… Basically, not too much beach time and relaxation. How do I manage this in 15 days? Which area should I focus on (depending on the weather)?
Thank you for all the information.
Hello,
It's never easy to answer this kind of question because there are so many possibilities. However, I can try to give you some answers. For animals, a famous national park is Khao Yai, 3 hours from Bangkok. As for culture, it is present everywhere so no recommendations necessarily. Here like that, I would tend to suggest Kanchanaburi (possibly pushing to Sangkhlaburi) then go down to Hua Hin to then visit the Sam Roi Yot national park, going back up you can go through Phetchaburi and its royal palace (there are monkeys in addition to the palace itself).
Otherwise, you can go exploring the north, between Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai. If you really want to do something original, you can try the Nan or Phetchabun region. That's already several options that are likely to confuse you more than help you, so I'll stop there 😉
Hello Romain,
In addition to my previous message, April is clearly not the ideal month to visit the north because of the burning.
What's your opinion ?
thank you in advance
Hello,
I confirm. It's not just the burning that's the problem, come April, it's been almost 6 months without rain since it's the end of the dry season. In other words, the vegetation is suffering, it's dull and yellowed, the trees have lost their leaves. No lush vegetation therefore, the waterfalls are almost dry, few rice fields and on top of that it's very hot.
Hello Romain,
Thank you for all the information you share and the quality of your Blog.
We are going to Thailand from April 10 to 24, I am with my wife and my two children aged 8 and 10.
I have a question about the first part of the stay (1 week):
– Drive back from Bangkok to Chiang Mai then fly south. (Thai New Year on the way)
– Or, Planes from Bangkok to Chiang Mai, discovery of the region and plane to the south.
We are looking for places off the beaten track, culture (temple, people), nature (national parks?), animals (at least one elephant sanctuary)
What would you advise me?
I thank you in advance
Hello,
Normally, I would tend to say car then plane. This allows for greater freedom of movement, BUT, as it is during the holiday period due to the new Thai, it is also a busy period on the roads, even dangerous due to the many drunken behaviors… So, if you are not used to driving on the left, I would say direct plane. This will leave more time on site to visit, and in a week, you will have time to go to the Chiang Rai region for example.
Hi,
I am reposting a new message because I don't know how to respond to the previous one.
Thanks for your reply. I saw on the internet that the temperature would vary between 27 and 30 degrees? Is this really reliable (I'm already thinking about my suitcase haha)
I've already looked at your ideas a bit. It looks really good :)
We also plan to go to elephantstay in Ayutthaya. Is it far from Khao lak?
We would also like to go swimming with dolphins, do you know a nice place? because I have already looked on the internet but it gives me a lot of results, I don't really know where to turn?
Thanks in advance 🙂
Re,
For that I reassure you right away, yes, these temperatures are reliable, you will not be cold in the south of Thailand!
So, I don't know your exact schedule, namely, do you go through Bangkok during your stay? If yes, then it is possible to dedicate a day there at the Elephant Stay since Ayutthaya is an hour from the capital. As for the question is it near Khao Lak, it is therefore a big no… But you can do a similar day in Phuket at Phuket Elephant Sanctuary, it will be closer 😉
It is not possible to swim with dolphins in Thailand… They are already rare since you only encounter pink dolphins near Khanom (on the Gulf of Thailand side, opposite Khao Lak).
Hello,
Okay, we'd rather go to the one in Phuket? Thanks for the advice.
I just have one more quick question, during the trip we would like to rent a car for a few days, we would like to know if the GPS is integrated in the cars or if we have to use our mobile phone to navigate? Do you happen to know a rental company that is not overpriced in Khao Lak? I was told that wifi is available throughout the country? Is this really true?
We look forward to seeing you!
(sorry for all these questions)
Hello,
Yes, the one in Phuket is very good and will save you from going back to Ayutthaya just for that! If you use an international rental company, they should have GPS for rental normally, but I suppose they should only be in English for directions (or in Thai) so maybe relying on your cell phone is better. Failing that, they are generally safe bets since they are present internationally. You have at least 2 international rental companies near Khao Lak, Budget Car Rental Khaolak and Thai Rent A Car.
So I think people meant that there is often wifi, it is the case in shops, restaurants, cafes, hotels yes, but not that does not mean everywhere in the sense, permanently, so no, you will not have wifi while driving on the roads… For that, you would have to buy a local SIM card (you can easily find them at the airport) and you will have a local 4G package allowing you to use the GPS online. Otherwise, you have offline GPS services such as Maps.me but they are not as complete as Google Maps which I mainly use.
Hello Romain,
I just discovered your blog while organizing our first trip to Thailand next November! That's it, we finally book the plane tickets and with the flight times we are 12 full days on site arriving and leaving Bangkok.
For the end of November, does it seem wise to spend 2 days in Bangkok then a sleeper train to Chiang Mai with around 4 days there and then take an internal flight to Krabi, so we would stay the end of the trip in Ao Nang or Railay (not yet decided) as a base to visit a few islands by boat, then return flight to Krabi from Bangkok.
I'm hesitant to eliminate northern Thailand, what do you think?
Hello,
Let's say that if you don't particularly plan to return to Thailand, I would indeed go for a north-south mix. At the end of November, nature will still be very green and from what I calculate, that still leaves 4 days on site in Krabi, it remains reasonable.
Hello,
For a family vacation of 4-5 days beach-snorkeling (diving if possible for the dad) mid April (Sonkran); I can't figure out the weather info!! I was looking at Koh Muk then I see that it's better to favor the Gulf of Thailand, and so I looked at Koh Tao….??
Any advice?
A priori we thought of flying from Bangkok to Krabi (question of price), not Phuket or Trang….
Thank you in advance!!
Hello,
Honestly, at this time of year either will be fine, it's not really the rainy season yet so even on Koh Muk it should be fine.
Thanks Romain, yes, I had planned that activity. Tour operators organize excursions to this sanctuary! I'm really looking forward to going 🙂 I'm going in April, from the 4th to the 22nd, during Songkran. I think it's best if I book in advance. And to go to the South, I'm trying to finalize my budget to see about taking a flight to try and save travel time. I'll see.
Hi Romain,
First of all, thank you for your blog which helps me organize my first trip alone! I took your itinerary by modifying the beginning I added Ayutthaya what do you think of my itinerary is it coherent? I will stay 1 days there…
My itinerary is not finished, I need your help to see how to fit in the 3 days of freedom that I have left.
Knowing that I am planning transportation because I am going there on a tight budget (so a longer journey) and for transportation between the different cities, any sites to recommend to me? or to book directly on site?
Thanks in advance!
Day 1: Arrive in Bangkok
Day 2: Departure for Ayutthaya
Day 3: Departure to Sukhothai
Day 4: Visit of Sukhothai.
Day 5: Head to Chiang Mai.
Day 6: Visit of Chiang Mai
Day 7: Visit to the surroundings of Chiang Mai
Day 8: Bus to the South?
Day 9: Phuket
Day 10: Phuket
Day 11: Koh Phi Phi Excursion
Day 12: Phuket
Day 13: Return to Bangkok
Day 14: Visit Bangkok
Day 15: Visit Bangkok
Hello,
All this is pretty well put together. For the remaining 3 days, several options, which are to be managed depending on the region you prefer to discover. Namely, if rather north, for example spend a day in an elephant sanctuary in Chiang Mai, go to the Chiang Dao side. If rather south, I would say stay at the Khao Sok National Park (on the lake), north of Phuket.
To book the trips, it is possible in advance via this link: https://12go.asia/?z=16406
It is still possible to book on site but depending on the season and period of stay, it may be crowded.
Hello and thank you for your website and the help you provide. I would like to ask if the route and travel time are too long. Here is my itinerary:
Over 2 weeks
February 16 for Bangok arrives in the morning for direct route to Krabi by plane
Krabi February 16-18
Koh Lanta February 18 to 20
Phuket February 20-21
Kao lak February 21 to 23
Koh Similan 23 to 24
Koh Samui February 24-25
Koh tao February 25 to 27
Koh pha ngan February 27 to 28 = half moon
Return Koh Samui March 1 and 2 to leave the morning of March 2 for Bangkok returning to France
If things have been removed or modified
Thank you in advance and for taking your time 🙂
Hello,
If this is your first trip to Thailand, personally I think it's a shame not to even visit its capital (I can't imagine a tourist coming to France without seeing Paris...)
Furthermore, I also always find it a shame (and reductive) to associate the country with the islands as if that was all there was... After all, it's obviously your vacation, not mine.
That being said, it's still too much, you want to see 8 different places in 2 weeks, so that leaves barely 2 days each time on site, which does not take into account transport times.
Like, to make a transfer between Khao Lak and Koh Samui, it will take almost a day. Same between Koh Lanta and Phuket. From what you put; I would remove Koh Lanta and Krabi and stay longer on the other destinations. Also, if you have to come back, rather than doing Koh Samui in 2 times, it would be better to go to Koh Samui first for 4 days, then Phangan for the full moon and finally finish in Koh Tao from where you can reach Bangkok via Chumphon.
Hello Roman,
We are carrying our 9-year-old son from October 21, 2018 to November 03, 2018.
Can you tell us if these steps are logical, we don't know Thailand at all.
Arrival in bkk
3 night in bkk
1 day in Ayutthaya
Ayatthaya /kanchanaburi 2N
Back to Bangkok to do
Chumphon /ko tao
Ko Tao 2N
Ko Pha Ngan 2N
After that I don't know where to end up can you help me?
After spending another night in Bangkok for shopping perhaps?
Thank you in advance. Kind regards.
Sandra
Hello,
Everything is only coherent, from what I calculate, there are 2/3 days left at the end of your stay? Either you can go to Koh Samui and take a direct flight to Bangkok (not the cheapest though) or return to Chumphon and visit for example the Sam Roi Yot National Park south of Hua Hin on the way back to Bangkok. A night in Bangkok is not too much indeed before leaving, even if only for a bit of shopping.
This is perfect, thank you very much!!!
Hello Romain,
I just discovered your blog and I feel that it will greatly help me for my first trip to Thailand 🙂
This question may have been asked before, but I admit that, although motivated to read all the comments from the beginning, I gave up after a while.
Does an escape to Laos during a 2-week trip dedicated to Northern Thailand seem like a good idea to you or do you think it would be better to focus exclusively on Northern Thailand (second half of October)? I read your article on Luang Namtha and I must say that it cooled my ardor because since 2 weeks for Northern Thailand will probably not be too much, I don't know if a trip to that side of Laos is worth it in these conditions (not to mention the difficulties of getting around there).
What do you think ?
Thank you in advance and good day.
Hello,
If it's 2 weeks dedicated solely to the north, then yes, a small excursion to Laos remains possible, but I would rather see it in the form of a 2-day cruise on the Mekong from Houay Xai to Luang Prabang as I did with my parents, it allows you to have a small overview of the country easily.
Alright, I'll work on that, thanks!
(Just in case, a short article on this cruise? Did you really like it?)
Sure! Here is the article: http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/croisiere-mekong-2-jours-entre-huay-xai-luang-prabang/
It was interesting, let's say. It was relaxing too, since there's not much to do.
Hello and (like everyone…) congratulations for this blog!
I decided to take my two boys, aged 6 and 8, and the three of us travel around a part of Thailand.
I have the tickets!
arrival Bangkok on April 20 (5:30 a.m.…) departure from Kravi on May 6 at 10 a.m.
Could you give me your opinion on our itinerary?
We arrive in Bangkok at dawn on the 20th.
20: Bangkok
21: Bangkok
22: Bangkok and departure in the afternoon for Ayyuttaya
23: Ayutthaya
24: departure for Kanchanabury and arrival at the end of the afternoon at Ganesha Park (if available)
25: Ganesha park
26: morning departure for Kanchanabury then Bangkok
27: bangkok- surathani kao sok
28:Kao sok
29: Kao Sok
30: Kao sok then leaves for Kravi
1: Kravi is going to an island like Koh Lanta, I think.
2
3
4
5: ko Lanta – Kravi to sleep not too far from the airport
6: return kravi France via Bangkok
I don't know if it will be too long in Ayyutaya, should I add some time in Kanchanabury and do the Erawan Falls and the River Kwai Bridge?
I'm leaving aside Sukhotai and Chiang Mai, I read that it could happen that the burning in the north lasts until May...and that would be a lot of kilometers all the same.
Thank you in advance for giving me your opinion!
Pffff I don't want to get old...
My boys are now 8 and 10…I don’t want to see them grow up?
: )
Re,
At the time I didn't understand the message... In fact, your children are already 2 years older 😉
Hello,
That's all pretty well put together! And since you mention it, I'd say yes, staying in Kanchanaburi for at least one day would be worth it, it would be a shame to come to the area just to go to Ganesha Park. To save some time, you should go to Kanchanaburi on the evening of the 23rd and do the Ganesha on the 24th and the 25th, a day on site in Kanchanaburi.
I completely understand giving up (for this time 😉 ) Sukhothai and Chiang Mai, in fact, that would be too much and it is a period of very hot weather so vegetation is not at its best.
Hello Romain,
Not very original but thanks for this blog… which allows me to extend my vacation (in my mind!): I just got back from Thailand. I took in the sights but not enough yet! I almost followed itinerary 4 by chance.
Your comments in response are particularly interesting too, that's great!
Hello and thank you !
Don't hesitate to come back to the blog for inspiration for a future trip to Thailand 😉
Hello Romain,
First of all, congratulations for your site, a wealth of information! Too much for me, I admit, I'm lost!
That said, we are leaving (2 adults over 40 years old with our 13 year old daughter) for the first time in Thailand with an arrival in Phuket on 1/28 and return from Bangkok on 02/12/03 (we chose to keep the excitement of the city for the end)
Small clarification: we come from Corsica and we are a little apprehensive…
I'm having a lot of trouble establishing an itinerary and if you could advise us already on:
– the area to favor depending on the weather at this time.
-cultural interests of cities going up north?
We have to take an internal flight for the end of the stay in Bangkok (1, 2 or 3 nights?), from Phuket, Krabi? Are there other possibilities?
We would have liked to go back up by train during the day to enjoy the scenery, is that possible?
We would like to do 2, 3 hotels maximum without rushing too much and still see the country and not necessarily just the islands.
I hope I haven't confused you too much.
see you soon
thank you in advance
Corinne
Hello,
At this time of year, there are no regions to favor more than another, it is the dry season throughout the country, so warm and beautiful normally everywhere. If you go to the north, yes, you can stop at Ayutthaya and/or Sukhothai, which are ancient capitals (after that there are other things but to choose for a first it is already very good!)
For Bangkok, 2 nights would be a minimum, 3 possibly, there are still quite a few things to see. For direct flights from the south, there is also Trang airport if you are going further south (like towards Koh Lipe), Surat Thani or Koh Samui if you are going to the islands of the gulf or even Trat if you are going to the Koh Chang, Koh Kood side.
It is of course possible to take a day train, it is just very long. On the other hand, if you mention 2/3 hotels, does that mean 2/3 destinations? It still seems too few if we take into account Bangkok, already 1 hotel, a stop let's say in Sukhothai, already another hotel, plus one in the north potentially Chiang Mai I imagine and finally the south, we are already on 4 hotels...
Thanks for your feedback. Regarding Koh Lanta, we've already been and we didn't particularly enjoy it… we also went to the Similan Islands, but unfortunately, we had rain for two days, which is why we'd like to go again. We've made a list of everything we'd like to do, but we'll have to make some choices, as you said. We're already removing the north. What would you suggest removing from this list, and how many days do you think we should plan for each place?
bangkok :
We had planned two days, enough time to do some souvenir shopping, etc., and visit the floating market, as we've never had the chance to go. We also saw Lumpini Park, etc.
Kanchanaburi:
Koh kood
River Kwai Bridge
Erawan Falls (we already did it but why not do it again)
Krabi beaches:
Koh Lipe
Railay Peninsula (Viewpoint and Princess Lagoon)
Railay (Phra Nang cave, sometimes Princess Cave)
Sa Phra Nang/princess lagoon *
Ao nang
North of Krabi: Tab Kak Hang Nak Nature Trail (hike)
Ao Thalane Bay Mangroves Kayaking and Laem Jamu Khwai Sunset **
Mangrove of Tha Pom Khlong Song Nam
Khao Phanom Bencha national park
South of Krabi: Hot Stream Waterfall (Namtok Ron)
Emerald pool and blue pool
Krabi Hot Spring
Ko Muk
Khao Sok:
Kao Lak
(National Park)
Similan Islands
Koh phi phi:
The main beach of Koh Phi Phi is located in Loh Dalam Bay. (We've already been to other places on the island, but by 20 pm there's not a soul around! If you want a drink, you absolutely have to take a water taxi.)
Phi Phi Viewpoint (Sunset or Sunrise)
Maya Bay in the morning 6am (without tourists)
Emerald cave and Koh poda
Ko Samui / Ko pha ngan: (Hat Khuat and Hat Thian)
(south for the party and west or north calm to see…) (Sail rock diving)
Koh tao (go to koh nan yang dive)
Here we go 🙂
Hello,
You should know that this is not one of the floating markets that can be found in Bangkok (and surroundings). All of them are only open on weekends except Damnoen Saduak, the most touristy and lacking in interest in my eyes, in addition to being 80km from Bangkok… However, the region is interesting, between the train market, the Amphawa market (open on weekends) or the Tha Kha market…
If you've already been to Kanchanaburi to see Erawan Falls, then I'd skip it for this time (even though there are plenty of other interesting things in the area). Also, Koh Kood is not on the Kanchanaburi side at all but close to the Cambodian border so I'd say OUT too.
Which would confirm a combination, Krabi and its region, including Railey, Ao nang etc, then passage towards Phi Phi, back up towards Khao Sok, Khao Lak, passage to the Similan Islands then, if there is time left, Koh Phangan and Koh Tao but not much more, it would be too much to move around.
Good evening Romain,
Okay, we'll do that and maybe remove a few spots. Thanks again for your help, we can't wait :)
I repeat myself but your blog is really great. Good evening
Hello Romain,
First of all, I want to thank you again for your superb blog and all the very useful advice you offer! A big BRAVO for the time you spend answering all these messages to help us. And I could also use your advice if you're willing…
We're leaving for Thailand for the third time on January 29th and returning on February 19th, and we were hoping to explore the north this time, but I saw that you don't particularly recommend this period because of the yellowing vegetation and the fog… is it really the entire north that you advise against? Or are there certain places we can still visit? If it's really not great, we can skip that leg of the trip.
In the program we noted this knowing that we are arriving in Bangkok:
Bangkok
The north but what???
Krabi Province and surroundings
Khao sok
Similan Islands
Koh Lipe
Koh Tao
Koh Phangan
Ko muk
koh kood
Etc ...
If you can guide us because as you can see it's a mess... usually we don't worry we see on the spot but here we would like to avoid wasting time looking on the spot. Namely that I would like to do some scuba diving on the best spots.
And one last question, do you know a really romantic place for February 14th?
Big thanks to you
Oh yes and I forgot, we're going to go back to Koh Phi Phi too and why not 2-3 days in Phuket and its surroundings.
I forgot to mention that we were a couple in our thirties (I don't know if that matters)
Hello,
Indeed, it is not the best time for the reasons mentioned, it is better to postpone to be able to better enjoy the landscapes of the north in their most beautiful light. Failing that, you could perhaps take a trip to Kanchanaburi to see a little nature.
So since there are a lot of things in your list, I will focus on the area around Krabi, passing through Phi Phi, possibly Phuket then Khao Sok / Similans and if time permits, Koh Phangan and Koh Tao. There would be a possibility of doing a combination with Koh Lanta and Koh Muk, after Koh Lipe it is too far… Koh Kood is not next to all the other suggestions so not the most practical…
3 weeks goes by quickly
Any beach for me remains an idyllic setting for a Valentine's Day 😉 But if you have the time and since you mention it, if you decide to go to Koh Muk it's rather bad, the neighboring island of Koh Kradan too.
Hi Romain!
I looked through your blog, the photos are magnificent, it makes you want to read them!
I plan to go alone for 3 weeks in February, but as I am alone and I don't want to do too many long internal bus journeys (traumatized by the 14-hour bus journeys in Burma haha) and I am terrified of spiders (so no more jungle I think), I was thinking of staying quietly in the south and enjoying the beach! I would still like to move every 3-4 days to see different beaches, but I don't really know how to organize myself, in what order, if I should book the transfers now, or if the hotel can take care of them for me a few days before... I hesitate to prepare everything now or to improvise on site (I regretted not having done that in Burma but the south of Thailand could be very touristy in the second half of February). What would you advise me to do in 2 weeks in the south? in 3-4 steps 😀 (ps I'm quite sporty, I love cultural visits, animals so open to everything except diving and high probability of coming across a spider :p!)
Thank you very much in advance 🙂
a future lost traveler
solene
Thank you very much for your quick response! We will now postpone our visit to Chiang Mai to another trip!
Buckskin
Hello Romain
Like other Internet users, I am amazed by your investment in this blog, thank you in advance for your advice.
We are a family of 4 with 2 children aged 8 and 11 and are arriving in Bangkok on Tuesday 26th February in the morning.
Here is the route we have planned:
Tuesday: arrival Bangkok 9:15am
Wednesday: Bangkok – Kanchanaburi
Thursday: Erawan Park
Friday: Kanchanaburi- Ayutthaya
Saturday night to Sunday night: Ayutthaya – Chiang Mai by train
Sunday: Chiang Mai
Monday: Chiang Mai – Phuket (domestic flight)
Tuesday: Phuket
Wednesday: Phuket
Thursday: return to Bangkok
Friday: return flight
Is this too ambitious or does it seem “reasonable” to you?
Thanks in advance for your wise advice! 🙂
Buckskin
Hello,
If I count that 10 days on site…. It's very short, so clearly an overly ambitious program. Knowing that it's not the optimal season for the north (too hot so yellowed vegetation, foggy landscape) I would skip Chiang Mai and I would choose either one more day in Bangkok that you will also fly over given the weather there, or Kanchanaburi which is a beautiful region.
Hi Romain,
Thanks for your feedback. For the island, we are looking for something with beautiful beaches, snorkeling, nature, no parties... possibility of going on excursions to other islands...
Hi Romain,
Here is a new route idea, what do you think?
(Departure January 31, travel for 2 using bus, plane, etc.)
D1 Arrival Bangkok 18 p.m.
D 2-3-4 Bangkok (maybe include a visit to Ayutthaya)
D5 Direction Sukhothai
J6 Sukhothai
D7 Direction Chiang Mai
D 8-9-10-11-12: Chiang Mai (Elephant camp, Trek, surroundings...go up to Chiang Rai??)
D 13-18: South Island but WHICH ONE??
D19: return to Bangkok
D20; Departure
Thanks for your advice 😉
Hello,
If it's just for one day, I'll give up on the idea of going to Chiang Rai. I know how much people want to see the famous white temple... but driving almost 3 hours OUT and coming back the same evening... that's too much. For the southern island, it all depends on what you're looking for... The choice is so vast and there's something for everyone, without knowing them, it's hard to recommend one in particular.
Hi Romain,
Thank you for all the advice you give us, your articles are great!
I had a quick question regarding the Mae Hong Son loop and the route you suggest:
Day 6: Visit of Chiang Mai
Day 7: Visit to the surroundings of Chiang Mai (e.g. Doi Inthanon)
Day 8: Direction Pai
Day 9: Visit Pai and surroundings up to Mae Lana (see the Tham Lot cave among others)
Day 10: Head to Mae Hong Son and visit the surrounding area
Day 11: Drive to Doi Inthanon via Khun Yuam.
Day 12: Visit Doi Inthanon National Park and return to Chiang Mai
My boyfriend and I were thinking of renting a car and stopping to sleep in Pai (1 night), Mae Hong Son (2 nights) but between Mae Hong Son and Chiang Mai, where do you recommend sleeping to cut the journey in 2?
Also, why is it better to go through Khun Yuam?
Thank you in advance for your reply. 🙂
Hello Marielle,
It is precisely at Khun Yuam that you should stop if you want to cut the journey between Mae Hong Son and Chiang Mai since it is on the road just before going to Doi Inthanon 😉
Ok thank you 🙂 , but I saw that on some blogs most stop at Mae chaem. Do you prefer Khun Yuam to Mae Chaem? Isn't it too long a day's drive from Khun yuam in the morning to Chiang mai in the evening?
After checking, I was influenced in my answer by the fact that the fork to return to Chiang Mai, passing through Doi Inthanon, is at Khun Yuam, but in fact, it is preferable to sleep in Mae Chaem, it is less driving for the next day.
Hi Romain,
Great all your route advice
I would like to have your advice on routes/planning for:
a young sporty couple
a trip to Paris and Bangkok for the first 15 days of March where we should integrate (yes I know I'm optimistic... even crazy lol)
cultural visit, shopping, at least 1 or 2 days/muay thai lessons, diving, visiting islands (but I don't really know which ones are likely to be less populated), 3/4 days in Kuala Lampur, a bit of rest on a beach in Pattaya (or elsewhere I suggested Pattaya because it's not too far from Bangkok) before returning to Paris from Bangkok...
Thank you in advance for your diligence
Hello,
I always respond with pleasure when it comes to guiding on hesitations, correcting/confirming possible timing, choice of places according to the weather etc., but I do not have the vocation to define "custom" itineraries, except, to give you advice, I would first need to know that you are planning outside of Pattaya... (incidentally, perhaps Koh Samet or Koh Larn, off the coast of Pattaya would be preferable to Pattaya itself)
Because for the rest, I'm not sure what information to give you, apart from a choice of island, interesting for diving and without too many people it's not easy to find, without consideration for diving, lots of islands could do the trick (for example Koh Phayam, quieter than many other islands, in another region, more beautiful too I think, Koh Kood is an interesting option)
Hello Romain,
First of all, congratulations for your site which is full of valuable information and your patience in responding to as many people as possible!
The more I browse it, the more I tell myself that 2 weeks will not be enough!
But this is our first trip to Thailand. We are a family with 3 children: 12,9 and 5 years old and have our tickets to go during the Easter holidays in April.
By surfing the net, I have prepared a little itinerary for myself and I would like to know your opinion on it.
The aim is to visit without having to endure long travel journeys and to enjoy the sea.
We arrive in Bangkok on Saturday at the end of the day.
Sunday-Monday-Tuesday => Bangkok and nearby areas (Klong Lad Mayom floating market in particular)
Wednesday + Thursday => Ayutthaya
Friday + Saturday + Sunday => departure for Kanchanaburi to visit the bridge + the Erawan waterfalls
Monday => return to Bangkok to take a flight to Koh Samui
Tuesday + Wednesday + Thursday + Friday = Koh Samui + surroundings (Koh tao/Koh Pha Ngan)
Friday evening return to BKK for return flight Saturday morning (2am!!)
Does the timing seem right to you?
Should we shorten or extend stages?
What transport do you recommend to get to Ayutthaya, then to Kanchanaburi to return to Bangkok?
Do you have any good addresses to share with us?
I read that Thailand's golf course is better in April, hence our choice. Is this true?
I would have liked to go to Chang Mai, but with the 3 monsters accompanying us, I prefer not to take too much and instead end up with 5 days at the beach.
Many thanks in advance for the help you can give me.
Good continuation
Marjorie
Hello,
For me the planning is all good. For transportation, whether Ayutthaya or Kanchanaburi, there is the choice between the train and the minivans. The latter being faster but also more expensive. In the idea you can always use one means in one direction and change on the way back 😉
If by good addresses you mean hotels, you can read my tested hotels on the dedicated page, I admit that this one is not up to date because I move around a lot and it must be missing the new hotels from the last few months... but it gives you a start (you can do CTR+F and type the name of the city to go directly to the paragraph in question).
For restaurants, in Ayutthaya, I often go to the Grandparent's Home not far from Wat Mahathat, otherwise to the Prakhun House almost opposite. For Kanchanaburi I rarely have the opportunity to eat in the city itself.
No regrets about Chiang Mai, it's the dry season in April and the vegetation therefore takes a hit, more yellow, it loses its splendor, it's better to go there during the rainy season (it seems paradoxical said like that but believe me, it's much prettier!)
Thank you very much for your answer.
Now all that remains is to finalize the trip: hotel and plane reservations.
Besides, isn't it too early to look at Bangkok - Koh Samui flights for April?
We can't wait to discover a part of this beautiful country!
It's a bit early yes but nothing prevents you from taking a look, if there are interesting prices you might as well take them right away 😉
Oops, it's 6bis, sorry 😉
Sorry for the delay in responding.... To fit this itinerary into 18 days, I think you have to skip days 8-9-10 of itinerary 6 bis, and on day 7 go straight from Chiang Rai to Chiang Mai.
Hi Romain,
Well done for your site, great for getting information, very good work!!
I'm going to Thailand in early February for 18 days; it's my first trip there.
I would like to do route 4 but, in your opinion, which stage can we remove to fit it into 18 days and I also want to go to an elephant camp for a day (not to ride on them...) so how should I schedule this day?
I hope you get an answer to my question.
Thank you very much and have a nice day 😉
Franck
Hello,
Route 4 according to my article is over 14 days… so either there is a number error, or on the contrary no need to delete but rather add days 😉
Hello Romain,
Thanks for your site, it's great, it's a mine of information.
I would also like to take advantage of your advice.
We are leaving as a couple in January for 14 full days on site, we would like to visit the south, we arrive and leave from Phuket.
We are quite adventurous but for once we would like to combine discovery with a bit of relaxation. When I say relaxation, I just mean spending a bit of time at the beach but certainly not a whole day.
I have already spotted a few places that I like:
– Khao Lak
– Khao Sok
– Krabi province, maybe go to Koh Lanta if it’s worth it.
For once I would like to book accommodation in advance given the season and I would therefore need to know what is the ideal time to spend in each place and perhaps the must-see things to see there.
We like to be free and I believe the best solution is renting a car, tell me if I'm wrong?
We are used to driving on the left whether in a car or on a motorbike.
However, I was wondering about the islands. If there's one I absolutely shouldn't miss, which would it be? I'd love to visit one, but I'm not sure how to manage with a rental car. Should I leave it in a parking lot and drive back and forth, or return it in another city and then pay a drop-off fee?
For Khao Sok, can we book the day trip on the lake once we are there?
I thank you in advance for your answer.
Ingrid
Hello,
For Khao Lak, I don't know but I would say 1 or 2 days minimum, for Khao Sok, count 2 days minimum. For Krabi, I wrote a full article on it, and there are quite a few things! http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/que-faire-krabi-alentours/
Renting a car is indeed a solution, the safest one moreover, so much the better if you are used to driving on the left; it is preferable (be careful of the Thai driving style which is still particular).
It all depends on the island you choose but from my experience I have left my car near the pier where there will usually be parking.
For Khao Sok, I cannot confirm, not having done it myself, but there must be excursions that can be done there from the main village.
Hello Romain,
Thank you for your answer.
I have planned an itinerary and would still like to benefit from your advice.
Khao Lak: 3 nights
Khan Sok: 3 nights
Phang Nga: 2 nights
Krabi: 3 nights
Koh Lanta: 3 nights
Do you think it is worth spending 2 nights in Phang Nga, we would like to do the bay by canoe or is it better to do it from Khao Lak and to do this stay an extra night?
Is 3 nights enough for Krabi area?
And for Koh Lanta, isn't 3 nights too much?
I thank you.
Ingrid
Hello,
To be honest, apart from Krabi, I don't know these areas so it's difficult to advise... I'm going to spend 2 nights near Phang Nga Bay in January so I'll be able to talk about it better afterwards 😉 On the other hand, 3 nights near Krabi is not too much in my opinion.
Thank you very much for your advice, so I will keep the 2 nights in Phang Nga (I will also be there in January) and given all there is to do and see in the Krabi region (your article on it is really great and it made me want to spend more time there), I will stay there 4 nights and 2 nights on Koh Lanta.
I can't wait to be there.
thanks again
Hello Romain,
What energy to answer all our questions and what efficiency and patience to guide us in the best way. Bravo!
So, for us, it's from December 24 to January 7 (14 days) with my husband and my 3 children (23 years-20 years-13 years). We have only taken the plane tickets so far and we are panicking because many people around us tell us that during this period, we must book mainly domestic flights or the sleeper train. I started to look, indeed, it is quite expensive: Chiang Mai - Krabi: €133 per person. For 5: €665. The night train from Bangkok to Chiang Mai: no more sleeper!
We had the idea of doing: bbk 1 day – night train to go to chiang mai (3 days) – chiang mai – krabi (plane) and from krabi, the islands by ???? (bus, boat?). The question also arises: either bkk at the beginning (3 days), or at the end? My husband wanted to rent a car, but we were advised against it. However, with 5 of us, it seems more practical to me, right?
Thank you very much for your reply.
For yourself
Joan
Hello,
Indeed the period around Christmas/New Year is the peak of the high season… better to book in advance, which is starting, given the current date, to be already too late… To see if the buses are available instead of the night train. For Krabi, my goodness the logical answer, they are islands, so to see by boat 😉 No bridge to visit them…
For Bangkok, you can split the difference, do 1 or 2 days upon arrival, to recover from the trip and acclimatize, and another part at the end of your stay for shopping.
For the car, let's say that the driving style in Thailand is particular for the uninitiated, in addition to driving on the left. I readily admit the practical side but do not recommend it to people who have not previously observed driving here. You have to understand the workings to avoid accidents.
Hello, indeed our itinerary isn't very well defined, nor is what we want to see. We know we'll be spending the second part of our trip in the islands, so we want to enjoy the first week mainly on the north side. We've ruled out Chiang Mai, but Erawan National Park really appeals to us, so we're looking for things to do in that area or along the route between Kanachaburi and Bangkok. We were thinking about the River Kwai, the floating steps, the Death Railway... there might be other things we haven't thought of. For the second week, we'll follow your advice and choose Koh Tao and Koh Phangan.
Hello,
In this area there is indeed the Hellfire Pass train and museum, the Khmer temple of Prasat Muang Singh, the Sai Yok waterfalls and absolutely many other things.
Hello, how do we delete our comment please?
There are 2. Which comment are you referring to? (and why? Just curious)
Hello Romain,
First of all: thank you for your blog which gives a lot of advice. We are leaving with our children aged 9 and 6 at the beginning of March 2018, our itinerary is not yet really defined, can you tell us what you think please?
arrival friday evening bangkok
Saturday: Chinatown + flower market + royal palace
Sunday: journey to Kanachaburi + what to do in the afternoon?
Monday: River Kwai + floating markets
Tuesday: Erawan National Park
Wednesday: travel to Bangkok to take a plane to the south? or is there a way to reach Krabi from Kanachaburi?
And then: 2 of these 3 islands, but which ones? Koh Tao (3 days) — Koh Phangan (3 days) — Koh Phi Phi (3 days) and in what order?
Wednesday: back to Bangkok
Thursday: Shopping trip, departure at 22 PM
I wonder if I'm planning too much travel time but I don't want it to be too much of a rush.
Hello,
Regarding the floating markets, are you thinking of those around Samut Songkhram? In this case, during the week, only Damnoen Saduak is open… In which case it is not optimized to go there on Monday and then return to Erawan Park. In addition, "river kwai" is a bit of a vague term, I don't know what you are planning exactly but in theory, I would say that you will be able to see things on Sunday afternoon along this river, on Monday, go to Erawan Park, and on Tuesday to be determined.
If you absolutely want to go to a floating market, one solution would be to go to the one in Lat Mayom (by taxi) and then go to the southern bus terminal (Sai Tai Mai or Southern bus terminal in English) to go to Kanchanaburi.
For the islands, knowing that Koh Phangan and Koh Tao are next door in the Gulf of Thailand, I would choose these 2 rather than losing a day to go to Koh Phi Phi which is on the other side.
Hello,
Thank you for your blog and all this information. We are going to Thailand from December 09 to 22 with 2 children aged 3 and 2. We are planning the possibilities and accommodations.
After 2 days in Bangkok we would like to spend 3 or 4 days in Kanchanabury before returning to Bangkok and taking a flight to Krabi until the end of the stay. We are wondering what would be the best way to reach the River Kwai so that it is not difficult with the children. I think I understood that the journey is about 2h30? Is it possible to rent a car for total autonomy? or take a taxi or a bus but from which point of departure and arrival? Knowing that the departure would be from Bangkok but the return would be to the airport which would take us to Krabi.
What advice can you give us?
Hello,
Indeed, it takes about 2h30 to reach the River Kwai, if you don't sleep in Kanchanaburi itself but rather on floating hotels, otherwise to reach the city itself it can take less than 2 hours. It is possible to rent a car from Bangkok, if you think you are comfortable with driving on the left in an Asian country. Otherwise, there is a choice, bus, taxi, train too, it's all a question of budget... The least hassle if the budget is not too much of a problem, it's a private taxi, at least you remain independent and you don't have to drive.
Hello Romain,
My turn to benefit from your experience of Thailand if you wish.
We are leaving with our 2 children aged 4 and 6 for 15 full days in Thailand from the evening of December 13 to the morning of December 30.
We have planned the following route:
– Bangkok visit 2 days
– Ayutthaya 1d
– Phantom-rung 1d
– Prasat-muang-tam 1d
– Erawan 1d
– Wedding of friends 2 days from 21 to 23 morning
– Ko kut 4 days otherwise, we hesitate with Ko Pha Ngan, ko samui or ko tao but we are afraid that there will be a lot of people on the last 3 (Esprit Ibiza, Saint-tropez we avoid this type of place. But we are looking for pretty beaches)
– Bangkok 1 day for souvenir shopping.
We have a budget of €2500 for the 4 of us without plane tickets, do you think this is consistent?
Then we will book the first night for Bangkok and, for the 4 days on the island.
Otherwise, we prefer to see it day by day to allow us, if we like a place, not to have too many constraints, do you think that it is a good idea knowing that it is the high season.
Thank you very much in advance for your help and advice! ?
Hello,
So concretely I would skip Erawan since it is west of Bangkok while the 2 temples mentioned (Phanom Rung and Prasat Muang Tam) are east... If I have to go east, I would rather go to the Khao Yai national park, and if I am still in the area, I will stick to the first choice mentioned for the island, namely Koh Kut (also spelled Koh Kood)
FYI, none of the other 3 islands are really St Tropez. Koh Samui is the most touristy but it is quite family-oriented apart from the main beach of Chaweng, more oriented towards parties and outings. Koh Phangan has remained wilder because apart from the full moon (which are not every day and only on the south of the island) it is rather calm.
And Koh Tao is more clearly geared towards divers.
The budget is reasonable, it's 40€ per day and per person, knowing that the minimum range is 25-30€.
Since it is high season, it is better to book in advance, it can be crowded and it avoids wasting time looking on site... especially for the islands, less true for Bangkok as there is so much choice.
Hello Romain
Thank you for your previous valuable advice.
one more question:
Regarding the order of the trips: is it better to do Kanchanaburi-Ayutthaya-Sukhotai-Chiang mai?
or Ayutthaya-Kanchanaburi-Sukhotaï-Chiang mai?
What is the easiest, in terms of transport?
thanks to you
Katell
Hello,
My logic would rather be Kanchanaburi-Ayutthaya-Sukhotai-Chiang Mai, to get to Kanchanaburi there is the choice, either the train or the bus, to reach Ayutthaya it is done by bus, and then for Sukhothai, bus is the most direct. Finally the last part can also be done by train but you have to reach Phitsanulok first.
Hello Roman,
Thank you for these very comprehensive articles which will surely help us for our trip.
We found cheap tickets for May 2018 (and thanks to the French bridge, we will be able to stay longer on site for the same number of CPs booked, great!!!).
But we are hesitant... in fact, it is the beginning of the rainy season and I would not want to "spoil" the stay because of the rain and the heat.
can you give me your opinion?
Thank you very much.
Hello,
Regarding the rain, it won't really concern you if you plan to mainly visit the south (which I think most people will, right?) otherwise no, it's not the best season, not because of the rain but because of the heat.
Thank you. We also wanted to spend a few days in Chiang Mai. We are backpacking and are coming back from a few days stopover in Dubai.
We like the heat, not the stuffy heat, so I don't really know what to think about this period anymore.
Hello Romain
Thank you for this very informative blog which already allows us to dream...
We are leaving from October 18th to November 6th and we are planning to follow your itinerary 3.
On the other hand, we are leaving Phuket on November 6th.
We are a family of 6 (4 children aged 7, 12, 15 and 17) and we have a preference for sites that are not too crowded with tourists. So, given the end of the monsoon, what places do you recommend, knowing that we like to move around even if we still want to be able to swim.
One last question: can we bring cash in euros and exchange it at the banks?
Thank you for your answers!
Katell
Hello,
If you are leaving from Phuket, I guess the most practical thing is to stay in the region. You will have some rain either way whether you go east to the Gulf of Thailand or stay on the Andaman coast, however, the monsoon will be on the decline towards Phuket so I would target that side instead. If you are staying fairly classic, I suggest visiting Khao Sok National Park, Khao Lak, then a quick trip to Phang Nga Bay before returning to Phuket.
You can of course exchange your euros on site. You can change at the airport when you arrive at the very bottom, next to the metro in a small counter called "Super Rich", much better rate than the banks, in town on the other hand no worries.
Hello Romain, Congratulations for your blog and your thousands of very useful information! We have 9 days on site with my husband and would like to go relax on the beaches, walk, ride scooters, go for walks and snorkeling (not too many parties and tourists). Our dates are from November 25 to December 5, what itinerary could you recommend?
Thank you so much!
Dove
Hello,
Let's say that 9 days being quite short, I would go to the essentials, like 2 days Bangkok, 1 day Ayutthaya possibly 2 days Kanchanaburi and the rest in Koh Chang or Koh Kood for example. Let me remind you to be in order regarding the driving of a scooter. It is not because you will not be asked for a license when renting that it does not make one and I am talking here about the international license, knowing that to be fully covered by insurance, you normally need a French motorcycle license (the French exception of being able to drive up to 125cc is not recognized here).
Thanks for your advice! 🙂
With pleasure !
Top thanks for your help! Indeed, it's only postponed for the North.. 😉
So, last question... Do you think we should prioritize returning to BKK to go to Cambodia by air or can I try the land border at Trat?
Thanks again,
Marine
I have never crossed the border from Trat but it is open internationally so it is worth a try, it depends on where you are going in Cambodia. Afterwards to avoid the hassle of crossing the land border in this area, it is better to have an e-visa before arriving.
Hello Romain,
With my boyfriend, we are invited to a traditional wedding in Thailand (from 20/10 to 22/10) located north of BKK. We take the opportunity to take a vacation and so I start working on the Road Book. I have already visited Bali, Scotland and Ireland with a backpack, but my boyfriend not at all.
I was thinking of going back to BKK after the wedding, spending 1 day in Ayutthaya, 2 in Kanchanaburi (with the Erawan National Park), and going down to the islands to finish (from 26/10 to 31/10). I'm not really keen on the Phuket / Koh Samui side, I was thinking more of Koh Kood, Koh Chang, Koh Mak. What do you think? On the weather conditions at this time? I'm more looking for tranquility, kayaking, short hikes, snorkeling and much less aperitifs and parties.
The idea is to go back to BKK on 1/11 because we are heading towards Cambodia afterwards (we are leaving from Phnom Penh on 09/11).
I really regret not having time to visit the North as well, but in terms of time we'll be very tight I think!
Thank you very much in advance for your help! 🙂
Marine
Hello,
Let's say that it could be just weather-wise, the end of the rainy season being in November, it could still rain, but given your criteria, I'll try anyway, Koh Kood and Koh Mak should fully satisfy you (Koh Chang is more touristy but not having had the opportunity to go there myself yet, I don't know what about the normally strong presence of Russian tourists...) after all the weather changes every year... As for the north of Thailand, I dare to hope for you that it's only postponed and invite you to come back 😉
Thanks Romain, this Pha Taem park seems super interesting to me.
Hello Romain,
I'm going to visit Isan at the end of November/mid-December and I plan to start by exploring the southern part, from Korat to Ubon. I'd like to be able to get around by scooter in each of the towns I stop in. I did a quick search for scooter rental places and I get the impression I might have trouble finding any in smaller towns like Phimai and Surin. Do you agree with my concerns, or will I always be able to find a scooter to rent at a guesthouse?
My second question concerns the waterfalls and the one in Huai Luang (Phu Chong Na Yoi National Park) seems to me to be quite to my taste. Also I am interested if you know of others in Isan.
Thank you very much,
Olivier.
Hello,
I admit I didn't look for information in these cities, as I travel a lot with my own vehicle... Maybe it would be possible to rent from Bangkok and do a loop, but that would mean going back through Bangkok on the way back by scooter... As for the waterfalls, what's the question? How to find them? Here is an example of a waterfall in the region: http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/ubon-ratchathani-pha-taem-national-park/, once there you will see blue signs indicating the attractions of the region, after that you should not hesitate to go there, sometimes it is worth it, sometimes less...
Hi Romain the expert lol
I would need your wise advice regarding our future trip from October 7 to 25. It's our first time in this country, my boyfriend and I are going as a couple.
We'd like to combine the north and south of the island during these 17 days. My first question concerns the weather. I read that it's the end of the monsoon season in the north and the beginning in the southern islands. I'm not quite sure how to plan the itinerary… are there any beaches/islands that are spared from the rain at this time of year? We're not really coming for the party scene, but rather for relaxation, the scenery, the animals, and especially the cultural experience. We'd obviously like to avoid the monsoon to make the most of this trip. I was advised to decide once we're there and not book anything in advance. Do you think that's the best approach? Thanks for your help.
Hello,
In any case, do not worry too much about the weather, besides the fact that it is becoming more and more unpredictable, on a normal basis, the monsoon is not insurmountable, because it will not necessarily rain all day and you should have plenty of time to enjoy it anyway. Eventually, you can think about going to the island of Koh Kood, located east of Bangkok, further north compared to the other islands further south, given its location, the monsoon diminishes from mid-October.
As for reservations, everyone has their own way of working. Personally, I generally do a mix between booking nothing and booking everything. I choose a few key locations and get a pied-à-terre, and I keep a minimum of flexibility by not booking everything either.
Hello Romain!
I would like to go with my friend for 2 to 3 weeks to Thailand at the beginning of November. We are both 25 years old and have a budget of approximately 800-1000 euros maximum per person with plane ticket included (I have seen flights for around 400 euros), does this seem feasible to you?
Itinerary-wise, we were thinking of staying 2 days in Bangkok, about 5 days in Chiang Mai, possibly Chiang Rai, one or two beaches in the South but which are not crowded with tourists… would you have an island to suggest to us depending on the monsoon or an additional place that could match our itinerary? We are eager for nature and beautiful landscapes!
A big thank you for your answer!
Lea
Hello,
So budget-wise it's still doable, after 800€ it's a bit tight, so I would rather aim for at least 900€ or even 1000€, it will depend on your plane ticket price. Ideally you should count on 25€ per day and per person to enjoy a minimum.
For the islands, given the season, I would say Koh Kood, you can also take a trip to Koh Mak or Koh Chang for example.
Thanks Romain for your feedback. So, is it reasonable to consider, and especially in what order and by what type of transport (night train, plane, bus), doing: Bangkok – Kanchanaburi (River Kwai – Erawan) – Lopbury – Ayutthaya – Sukhothai – Chiang Mai – Krabi and the Gulf islands (given the monsoon season), like Koh Phangan/Koh Tao? I admit I'm a bit lost trying to put all this in a coherent and feasible order for 3.5 weeks... :( Thank you so much for your opinion and help... Isabelle
Hello Romain, thank you for your patience in answering all my questions. To begin, I want to travel to Thailand with my wife in December/January. We've opted to book accommodation, and I'd like to know if that's advisable? The location is on the south side of Krabi, more precisely in Ao Nang and Nopparat. From there, we'll take excursions to the islands. What do you think? Thank you in advance.
Answered on my facebook 😉
Hello Romain
Sorry, nothing original to say about congratulating you on your blog… 🙂 It's full of information, thank you so much for all the time you dedicate to it, and certainly for the redundant information you're kind enough to repeat… I'm preparing, at the last minute… with a bit of stress… (departure planned for June 30th… until July 26th…) our trip with a 15-year-old girl who's never traveled before, and we have 3 and a half weeks to do a fairly classic itinerary: Bangkok – we'd like to go to Erawan – Ayutthaya/Sukkotai/Chang Mai (elephant camp in the natural park) and spend a good week on the Gulf of Thailand. (Is a stop in Krabi (which I find superb with its rocky peaks…) a possibility?)
My main concern is the visibility regarding travel options and means of transport (train, bus, plane, etc.). Could you advise us on this? The goal is to minimize travel time and fatigue. If the journey is too long, we can choose between Ayutthaya or Sukhothai, but Erawan (Kantchanaburi) would also appeal to us. Thank you in advance for your time. – Isabelle –
Hello,
Over 3 and a half weeks, yes, a trip to Krabi seems possible to me and you shouldn't regret it, I just wrote a full article on the region! If you want to reduce travel times, my answer is going to be a bit "standard" but simply favor the plane in this case, there are cheap flights there compared to the many companies pouring Thailand internally. The choice between Ayutthaya and Sukhothai changes the situation a bit on the type of transport, if from Ayutthaya, you would have to take the night train to Phitsanulok, and from there, take a bus to Sukhothai, if you skip Ayutthaya, you can take a plane to Phitsanulok, then bus.
Hello Romain,
Like everyone else, I find this blog extremely rich and interesting!
We are planning a last minute trip to Thailand. There are 2 of us and we have never been there.
I do diving but my girlfriend, not so much. So, we are looking for a 13-14 day itinerary that could suit both of us at the end of May, beginning of June.
We don't know yet how many days we will stay in each location but here is what we have thought about:
1) Arrival in Bangkok then immediately head to Koh Samui by plane
2) Koh Samui -> Koh Tao
3) Koh Tao -> Koh Phan Gan or Koh Samui directly
4) Koh Samui -> Chiang Mai
5) Chiang Mai -> Bangkok
6) Return to France
Do you think this route is feasible?
On the islands, we will have plenty to do in terms of diving and snorkeling. Are there any activities on land that you would recommend?
We are having trouble estimating domestic transportation costs, especially to and from Chiang Mai. Perhaps you have some tips as well?
Whatever your answer, thank you very much for taking the time to read this message :)
Thibault
Hello Thibault,
It is a very feasible route, yes. I must even admit that it surprises me a little because usually people prefer to go first to the north, which is more physical shall we say (just because one of the main activities is trekking) and then come to rest in the south, but my goodness, it remains possible in this sense.
For activities, you mean on the islands too? In which case, there is always something to see, even inland, viewpoints, waterfalls, temples. Same in the north.
For transportation, I would say that it depends on your habits. In Chiang Mai, it is quite easy to get around via public taxis (what we call Songtaews), otherwise, I personally like to rent a scooter for more freedom. But on this last point I recommend it with one caveat, already have a valid international license and then, already be used to driving this kind of machine, and finally, be well insured. Basically, for transportation, you need to budget a daily budget between 5 and 10€ (for 2).
Hello Romain!
Thanks for replying, but unfortunately I didn't get/see the reply notification and so we left without your advice.
I only see your reply now because I received the notification related to a comment other than mine :)
Our trip went well. So we flew to Bangkok and directly to Koh Samui where we spent our first night.
The next morning, as early as possible we took the boat to Koh Tao where we spent 5 days diving and snorkeling. I highly recommend this area if it's for diving and beaches at this time. It was very nice and very hot!
For transportation, the scooter is the best way. But be careful to take a powerful one (minimum 125cc) especially if you want to go to the East. The slopes and hills are super steep!
Then, return to Koh Samui by boat to take the plane to Chiang Mai.
3-4 days on site. Very pleasant city that can be visited on foot quite easily, at least for the old town. Otherwise it is true that a scooter is a good solution.
And finally, back to Bangkok for a last day. There, we used Uber, which works as well as in France and is quite cheap if you want to make "long trips" in the city which is huge!
In any case, a very good stay in Thailand which I highly recommend once again to everyone!
A nice journey to all of you !
Hello and thank you for this feedback!
Hello Romain,
I really like your site, it's very interesting and full of good ideas!
We are going to Thailand in mid-November for 3 weeks.
We would like to mainly visit beaches this time (so not necessarily the North), which places do you recommend for this season?
thank you very much!
Virginie
Hello,
For this season I advise you to go to Koh Chang, Koh Kood or Koh Mak (the smallest of the 3 in this area), the rainy season will already be over normally. Afterwards, since you may not do this for 3 weeks, you can perhaps consider a little tour towards Isan, would be only around Nakhon Ratchasima, Buriram passing through the Khao Yai national park then go down towards the Cambodian border towards the islands mentioned above.
Hello,
We would like to go to Thailand for two weeks in the first two weeks of November. Ideally we would like to spend:
– the first week in Chiang Mai (and its surroundings) in particular to see the lantern festival,
– the second week on a southern island or a beach (for rest, pretty beach and snorkeling)
But we are a little afraid that there will still be a lot of rain... and we don't know which island or beach to favor in relation to the weather.. Can you give me your opinion?
thank you very much in advance
Marine
Hello,
By November you can consider the islands of Koh Chang or Koh Kood, as they are on more northern coasts, the rainy season will already be over in this area (as well as the central and northern part of the country)
Hello Romain,
My turn to ask you some questions about Thailand and take advantage of your kindness and your experience of Thailand.
My boyfriend and I are planning to go to Thailand for 2 weeks (for the first time), at the end of October/beginning of November.
We decided to "focus" more on the south because 15 days seems short to be able to enjoy all of Thailand, and to come back later to visit the north!
We were thinking of doing:
Day 1-2: Arrival in Banghok + visit
Days 2-3: Take the train (or bus) to Hua Hin stop, visit the water park, and perhaps a shooting range.
Day 4: Chumphon – Boat
Day 5 – 6 – 7: Koh Tao
Day 8 – 9 – 10: Koh Samui
Day 11-12: Plane to Krabi
Day 13 – 14: Pukhet + return flight to France
Also, we would like to visit a park in the south, but we haven't defined everything yet 😉 Any must-see places to see more in the south?
We are preparing the trip, and making an itinerary is still complicated, that's why having an outside opinion would be beneficial 🙂 Does this seem like a good itinerary for a first visit to Thailand? Also, will the season be right (even if I know it's still not the best season) to make the most of the stay?
Thanks for your help !
Justine
Hello,
So I'll tell you right away, you won't take the plane to go from Samui to Krabi, it's too close to do that distance. If you do, you'll go back to Bangkok for a stopover before going back down, a big waste of time in short...
While you are in Hua Hin, you can possibly spend a day at Sam Roi Yot National Park. Otherwise there would be Khao Sok National Park north of Phuket but given your schedule it might be tight... To be honest, no, it's clearly not the best season, there will certainly be thunderstorms and it's not the sunniest period, but it doesn't necessarily last all day, it depends on the year to tell the truth...
Thank you very much Romain for your very quick response.
So I'm going to study the west of the country
For beaches, one or two where you would go in August: fine sand beach, not too many people (ideally) with if possible activities to do on the island or nearby. We are difficult because we go to South Corsica every summer 🙂
One last question: we were thinking of booking only the first night in Bangkok and the last? And finding a homestay or a hotel on site directly. Is this possible?
Thank you
Aymeric
Hello,
Once again August being during the monsoon, it limits the choice to fully enjoy, the gulf being essentially limited to the 3 islands, Koh Samui, Koh Phangan and Koh Tao, these last 2 should please you more, with an excursion to the Ang Thong marine park.
You will find everything you need on site in terms of accommodation, don't worry about that 😉
Hello Romain,
Thank you very much for your quick feedback and information. We will now investigate Koh Phangan and Koh Tao 😉
Hello Romain,
Thank you very much for the time you spend putting all this information and the answers you give us. It's great!
We would like to go for 2 to 3 weeks in August with our children (18, 15 and 12 years old) to celebrate our 20th wedding anniversary.
We are a bit lost because many of our friends have been to Thailand and strongly advise us to do the North and the South.
But we are more attracted by dream beaches, so rather by the South. Nevertheless, we would also like to be able to discover breathtaking landscapes.
So we are thinking of doing:
D1 and 2: Bangkok (royal city and longboard ride)
D2: reach Ayutthaya by boat and spend 2 days there
D3 and 4: visits and bike rides
D5: rent a car and go to Sukhotai
D6 and 7: visits and visit to the national park
D8: go back down to Ayutthaya by car then return to Bangkok (boat or bus)
Then take a flight or a boat to reach an island to spend 4 to 5 days there and go to a second island if we stay 3 weeks.
If I understood correctly, for the islands, given the season, we should favor the Gulf of Thailand? But could we still spend a few days in Krabi because from the photos I've seen it's superb? Then, join a paradise island in a bungalow by the sea. What would you advise us?
Otherwise what do you think of our itinerary?
Thank you in advance for your feedback and advice.
Aymeric
Hello Aymeric,
First of all, congratulations on your 20th wedding anniversary! Regarding what your friends have said, I can only confirm... I always find it a shame to reduce Thailand to this image of "dream beaches" that definitely sticks to it... Knowing that the country is as big as France, it's like saying about France that we only want to go to Corsica...
Afterwards, to be honest, if your excursion to the "north" is limited to Sukhothai, I would tend to give up since it is a bit redundant with Ayutthaya (which is also an ancient capital with temple ruins). Especially since you don't need 2 days to visit the historical park, more condensed than that of Ayutthaya. I would rather go to the Kanchanaburi region to see a bit of nature and even if it is not the north, but the west of the country, it will give you a different view than the beaches of the south.
Given the season yes, the Gulf will be the best option. Nothing prevents you from seeing Krabi or elsewhere, it's just nicer that the sky is not gray or rainy, which is not guaranteed in this season even if not necessarily the case absolutely every day or even all day (the weather is capricious...)
Hello Romain,
Thank you very much for this blog, it is TOP! We are going with the idea of route 3 that you propose (North then South),
We are leaving 3 weeks from the end of April to mid-May,
1- Do you think it is worth going to the northwest (Burmese border) or the northeast (Mekong, Cambodian border)?
Next, on the south side, we prefer nature to surfing with deckchairs on the beach:
2- Is it better to do the Andaman side or the Gulf of Thailand at this time of year?
3- We saw on the Routard that the boat connections stop at the end of April for Koh Lanta, can you confirm?
4- Are Similan and Koh Surin better or less interesting compared to the others given the distance to get there from the airport?
Thank you in advance,
Hello,
1- it is definitely worth it! After 3 weeks you will have to make a choice, one or the other depending on your planned itinerary.
2- Gulf of Thailand, but it's still the same
3- I confirm… Beyond that it is still possible to access it but via agencies and private boat taxis.
4- These are very beautiful islands but they may be closed by the time you are in the area (for sure they close from May 15th, sometimes before depending on the weather)
Hello Romain, we are leaving as a group of 9 adults from July 22 to August 13, 2017.
Our program
3 days in bkk
1 night at khao yai park is it possible to sleep inside if so how to book?
1 night in Ayuttaya
1 night in kanchanaburi
return bkk departure in the evening by night train to chang Mai 4 to 5 nights
stay 10 days in the islands to rest
but I'm stuck for the route can you help me???
Is it possible to do the west and east coasts or make a choice? Which one?
transparent water white sand beach
thanks in advance
Didier
Hello,
To book in the national park, go to the official page: http://nps.dnp.go.th//reservation.php?option=home
Select the national park in question and the desired area as well as your dates.
For the islands, let's say that over 10 days there is time to do a bit of both coasts. Note that this is not the best season to have clear water. If you had to choose, it is better to go to the Gulf of Thailand, so Koh Samui, Koh Phangan and/or Koh Tao
Hello Romain,
Thanks for your great blog, it gives me some good ideas. We're going on a trip with a couple of friends and their three 3-month-old children at the end of May, with a first stop of 10 days in Bangkok. We'd like to focus on the countryside, treks, and temples since we'll have the opportunity to visit some beautiful beaches later on. Do you have any advice for such a short trip? We'll be backpacking and camping; do you think it's easy to find places to pitch a tent for the night? Or will we find inexpensive accommodation along the river? Regarding malaria, do you think we should take precautions (we'll get a doctor's opinion, but a local's is always good to have).
Thank you very much for your opinion!
Jeremie
Hello,
In 10 days around Bangkok, I would say, a tour towards the Khao Yai national park, 3 hours west of the capital, and Kanchanaburi, pushing the trip towards the Burmese border towards Sangkhlaburi.
To pitch the tent, you will have pitches in the national parks, otherwise it is not obvious… Otherwise you will easily find cheap accommodation, there is enough choice in Thailand. For the Palu, not necessary from my point of view if you limit yourself to the 2 suggestions above, more restrictive than really necessary.
Hello Romain,
Thank you for this wealth of information!!!
My boyfriend and I are coming to Thailand from 1/21-11/XNUMX.
We are students, and this trip is almost a dream for us.
I'm in the early stages of organizing. I have a ton of questions and may come back to you regularly, haha.
Ideally we would like to see as much as possible in the north, as in the south, or elsewhere, using all types of transport. We are looking for an authentic trip, to be close to the Thais, to immerse ourselves in the local culture, simple (with our backpacks), avoiding Western hotels even if some tourist attractions also tempt us. What budget do you recommend for these 3 weeks? Because we would really like to go until 30/11 but, we have a hard time imagining what this extra week would cost us.
Thank you very much in advance.
Glody.
Hello,
For the budget, you need to count at least 25€ per day and per person. It is feasible below that but it would become restrictive. Ideally 30€ per day and per person to enjoy a minimum.
Hello again Romain
I read and reread the blog looking for the “ideal” island…
In my previous message, I asked you if the planned route was feasible, I have indeed revised our route
arrival in Bangkok on the evening of 18/03/2017, departure the next day for Chiang Mai by plane (no night train available), we stay there for 2 days and take a flight to Pukhet (arrival around 12 p.m.), on 23/03/2017
you often talk about koh yao yai, are the connections common from pukhet, I have trouble finding recent information: the island seems to be much more authentic and calm than phi phi where I am afraid of finding myself in a seaside resort of the mediterranean in the summer for the attendance…
I would have liked to go to Koh Lanta but the distance seems long, do you know if it is possible without a stopover in Phi Phi?
I was thinking of going to Koh Lanta and then returning to Krabi to take a flight to Bangkok on 29/03/2017
do you think pukhet (fast passage), koh yao yai, koh lanta is feasible?
we have not booked any gh or hotel from pukhet I don't know if it will not be too much of a hassle on site, do you think it is better to do it from france with agoda?
I thank you again
laurence
Hello,
Koh Yao Yai and Koh Yao Noi (easier to access I think) are certainly more peaceful and authentic than Phi Phi. For Koh Lanta, it's not that far, you just have to land in Krabi instead of Phuket. From there it is also possible to go to the small surrounding islands like Koh Kradan, Koh Ngai etc.
At this time of year it shouldn't be too difficult to find a hotel.
Sincerely,
Roman
Hello,
We will be leaving for a month next February as a family (children aged 5 and 7) and would like to visit Bangkok, the north and the south.
For more flexibility, we are considering renting a vehicle (except in Bangkok of course) to do the whole north and then renting another vehicle in the south.
We have various opinions on the risks of driving alone in Thailand. Is it safer to hire a driver? If so, under what conditions does this happen?
Another question: for more flexibility, we would like to travel from Chiang Mai to Phuket by plane without booking tickets in advance. Is it possible that there might not be enough seats available at this time of year?
Thank you for your valuable advice.
Hello Romain,
Great blog with all the possible routes and personalized advice... many thanks for that.
We will be in Thailand at the end of March or beginning of April, we are wondering about the ideal circuit with the little time we have... the planned itinerary would be:
– Bangkok – 2 days
– Chiang Mai – 3 days
– then Krabi or Ao Nang for 6 days (with excursions to Koh Phi Phi, Koh Lanta and Railay for example, while continuing to stay in Krabi/Aonang)
– and finally, return to Bangkok for 1 day/1 night before returning.
My first question would be "isn't it a bit too ambitious for 12 days, given the time we're going to spend in transport (plane)... isn't it better to only do Bangkok and the southern islands, and keep Chiang Mai for a future trip, imagining doing one again...)?
My second question is about having a fixed place in the south and going on day trips: is it wise? or is it better to try to stay directly on the islands, lugging your luggage from island to island? I also noticed that it is difficult to find hotels or rentals at reasonable prices on these islands, hence the dilemma…
Thank you in advance for your response and the time you devote to your blog which is full of useful information.
Hello,
In absolute terms I wouldn't say it's too ambitious, however, since it's not the best season, I'll keep Chiang Mai for the next one, because the region is really beautiful. The problem is that in April, it's the hot season, so nature is yellowed, withered, there's no rice in the rice fields, and the waterfalls have reduced flow.
For the 2nd question, it is above all a personal choice… Personally I would tend to travel to the place to sleep there, I do not like day trips because we do not really have time to soak up a place, because in the evening and early in the morning, there is no flow of tourists coming to do the same excursion during the day, where it can therefore be crowded. I am not saying that it must be systematic, for certain islands or places, a day trip can be enough.
The south is more touristy… so prices will generally be more expensive… but it is possible to find cheaper on site, a solution that is all the more possible since you will not be there during the high season.
Hello Romain,
having already done the South of Thailand, I have 3 weeks for the North. I would like to go to Mae Salong But is it better to leave from Pai by scooter or from Chang Rai? I am coming from Laos I was thinking of doing Chiang Khon- Chang Rai- Mai – Pai – Lamang – Sukhothai And Ayuttaya (end of March beginning of April)
Then go to Koh Tao To go by land to Malaysia on the Cameron Highlands side: Possible? (April 10-15)
Thank you very much for your advice
Hello Marie Eve,
So clearly, you have to go to Mae Salong from Chiang Rai, it's the closest. For the rest, there's not much to say, your program remains entirely possible.
Hello Romain,
A few months ago I asked you for information about our month-long trip in November. THANK YOU for your advice and the trip went perfectly!
We fell in love with Thailand and especially the north! We plan to go back in November for a month. We would like to redo some classics (such as: Ayutthaya, Sukhothai, Chiang Mai) and discover new cities:
Kamphaeng Phet
Phrae
Lampang
Mae Hong Son
Father
Nan
If satchanalai
From this list, which ones do you recommend?
Thank you for your reply.
Hello,
Very happy that your stay went well and even more so that it made you want to come back! Well, I would tend to recommend them all, they each have their own charm and are, for many, little visited. Knowing that you will have 1 month, you should have time to see everything.
Hello Romain,
First of all, congratulations on your blog, well designed, it is full of very interesting information.
I plan to spend 8 or 9 days in the north of Thailand and your 2 itineraries (6 bis I think) really appeal to me.
is it interesting to join chiang mai/chiang rai, via chiang dao? knowing that I will probably rent a scooter, obliged to return the scooter to chiang mai?
How much does it cost to rent for 4 or 5 days?
I'm not leaving until November, but the organization of the itinerary helps me to be patient (and dream), I will surely have the opportunity to do several more tours on your blog!
Pk,
Gwenn
Hello,
He will indeed be obliged to return the scooter to its starting point. I would like to remind you that it is necessary to have an international license to rent one. It is necessary to count on the order of 200 to 300 Baht per day for the rental. Chiang Dao is interesting indeed (see my article about it)
Hello Romain
Congratulations on all the work you do. I'm retired and have been living in Thailand for over 12 years, and my son is coming for Easter vacation with his wife and two teenage sons. They wanted to get off the beaten track. I saw a documentary or report somewhere (I can't remember where) describing a national park northeast of Chonburri, with a very large lake and bungalows on stilts. I remember it being said that this place has become a bit of a holiday destination for Thais. It's about 160 km from Bangkok.
The name happens to be the same as another National Park located near Suratani-Phuket Soi Kao Sok, so all my searches to find this Kao Sok lead me to Kao Sok in the Suratani region (which, by the way, looks superb). So please tell me what you know about it… I should mention that I have a car for transportation. Sincerely, Liliane Michel
Hello,
So from my little research, there is indeed a district called Khao Sok on the Chonburi side, but it is in the southeast and not the north and there is no lake, there is one not far away, but I don't think it matches the description you give of it, it is not particularly big and I don't think there are any houses on stilts. At first reading, I thought you were referring to the Khao Yai National Park, which corresponds in terms of geographical position and distance from Bangkok, but here again, no big lake...
The other suggestion would be the lake towards the Kanchanaburi region, Lake Sinakharin, located north of Erawan National Park and east of Sai Yok National Park. Otherwise I remain in the idea that there is confusion with the "real" Khao Sok park, if only because there is no national park in the Chonburi region.
Hello Roman,
Well done to you for your blog and your very precise answers.
My wife and I are going to Thailand for 10 days (first time in Asia) to celebrate our 15th wedding anniversary next April.
We arrive in Bangkok late in the evening, we thought we would stay 3 full days in Bangkok to visit and then join Phuket in the evening of the 3rd day for 6 days of relaxation and excursions and visits to beautiful beaches.
I think we can organize our stay better? What could you advise us?
No clubs or crazy parties, just discovering landscapes and beautiful calm beaches without too much hustle and bustle and rest.
My wife gets seasick, so we prefer land or air travel.
thank you for your return
Hello,
Well, over 10 days, the program is on track. For Phuket, from what you say, I think you need to go to the north of the island, starting from Surin beach for example.
Hello Romain
I will not deviate from the ordinary of other messages by congratulating you for maintaining the blog and the quick and precise responses!
We are a couple in our fifties whose first trip "away" from Europe will be Thailand from March 18 to April 02 (15 days):
I was thinking of doing Bangkok for 2 days
ascent to chiang mai by night train: 2 days (1 day at Elephant nature park)
chiang mai pukhet flight
2 days ko kho khao
2 days ko phi phi
2 days ko lanta
2 days ko samui
back to bangkok
2 days bangkok
is this feasible?
Do you think that we can not book hotels without having to search for a long time on site (mid-range hotels) given the season?
a big thank you!
laurence
Hello,
This is a fair program because you don't particularly take into account the travel times, in this case, it takes almost a day to go between Ko Kho Khao and Koh Phi Phi, the same between Phi Phi and Samui, which are on 2 different coasts. Given the program in the south, I will skip Samui and keep it for next time.
It is not the peak season per se, so you will be able to find something on site without any worries.
Hello Romain,
Congratulations on your blog. We are planning to go away for 20 days in August with our children (20-15-13 years old) and I wanted to take inspiration from itinerary 3 that you suggest for 2 weeks with Bangkok, Chiang Mai plus an island. Given the period it would rather be Koh Samui.
I would like to know what mode of transport is needed to go from Bangkok to the North (days 2 to 4).
Is it possible to combine part of the golden triangle, e.g. Laos?
We would like to go rafting, is it possible without spending time in transport?
In the south, you recommend visiting Krabi. How to get from Koh Samui to Krabi?
Thank you for your advice. I admit that we are a little lost, especially since August is not the right season, but we really have no choice.
Aïcha
Hello,
To go to the north, the option often chosen is the train, it is long but it is done at night, it is a good experience and saves a night in a hotel. The northern triangle is the area around Chiang Rai, but if you plan on day 2 to 4, or 3 days, I doubt you will have time... For rafting I do not think it is very advisable at this time of year, the rivers will be mostly in flood or added with the monsoon rains. It is not the worst period, at least the vegetation will be very green, the waterfalls will flow freely and the rice fields will be very green.
To get from Samui to Krabi, simply take the ferry to Donsak Harbour near Surat Thani, from there you should find minivans making the journey to Krabi.
Hello Romain,
Very interesting your blog and the various posts. There are two of us going on a trip to Thailand in March (a priori a good date weather-wise)
We're going to spend three days in Bangkok and then we'd like to head south. We're looking for authentic, less touristy spots; we'll be in the south from March 14th to 21st! Do you have any itineraries you could recommend?
Thanks for your help!
Hello,
So either I would say you can leave from Koh Lanta (reachable from Krabi airport, the closest) then do excursions to Koh Kradan, Koh Ngai, Koh Muk for example, otherwise go down further to Koh Lipe and the surrounding islands (reachable from Trang airport or even Hat Yai)
Thanks for your reply. I have another question about the necessary vaccinations for going to Thailand. I've found quite a bit of information online, but everyone has different opinions. What's your take?
Thank you
So, in Thailand, there are no mandatory vaccines, only recommended ones, namely those against hepatitis A and typhoid, possibly those against rabies, otherwise be up to date with the DTCP and hepatitis B vaccines.
Hello Romain,
Thank you very much for your good personalized advice, your photos that make us dream, and your passion that you know how to share so well. It is a pleasure to read you.
My boyfriend and I are planning to go to Thailand for 2 weeks in April (a destination that I have been eyeing for several years) but we are having trouble making choices, we know that we will not be able to do everything but everything makes us want to!
In theory we would like to:
– spend 2-3 days in Bangkok (temples, night markets, Mae Klong Market, Amphawa)
– 2-day Eco Trekking around Chiang Mai with AGvoyage (Lahu tribe village, elephant ride, Tang river rafting and bamboo raft)
– Pai and its surroundings (1 day)
– Doi Inthanon (1 day)
– then finish in the south with some relaxation on the agenda on heavenly but preferably non-touristy beaches (Koh Tao, Ko Similian, Ko Yao Yai, Koh Lanta, Raily Bay tempt us a lot according to our readings!)
– return from Phuket
Does the first part seem achievable in a week (including transport)? If you had to remove or change something, what would it be?
Then do you think that we should limit ourselves to 2-3 islands for example to avoid wasting time traveling? What would be your advice regarding ease of access?
Thank you in advance and good luck
Hello,
Please note that I do not endorse elephant rides (I invite you to Read this article to understand why)
Taking into account the transport times it is unfortunately impossible to see so much in a week, for example, it takes at least 5 hours to go from Pai to Doi Inthanon, knowing that there is no direct connection and that you will have to go back through Chiang Mai. If you are looking for non-touristy islands, then forget Koh Tao and the Similans, but prefer Koh Yao Yai and possibly Koh Lanta and Railay.
thanks for the article, indeed it really cooled me down and disgusted me, we will prefer ElephantNaturePark or PataraElephantFarm then. Do you have any advice on Trekking in the Chiang Mai region?
It's terrible, we are still undecided about the choice of islands though. Looking for fine sand, crystal clear water, big typical "rock" in the water with green "mountains" around; away from concrete, tourist crowds and alcoholic evenings. The idea is not to play Robinson Crusoe either, but to stay a little in Thai authenticity. You mentioned Koh Yao Yai/Koh Lanta (which indeed attract us a lot) but wouldn't Koh Chang/Koh Kood or Koh Tao better meet our desires?
Regarding internal flights or trains, is it better to book in advance or will the prices be the same the day before? Which website/company do you recommend we use? Same questions for accommodation?
Thanks again and sorry to bother you with all my naive and dreamy questions.
I would like to point out that this trip will be the first in Asia and only the second in our lives, so I will book all the hotels in advance with breakfast included because afterwards I saw that for the other meals it was very simple there, as was transport.
And how do we organize hotels in relation to visits to the islands please because we will have suitcases?
Hello,
If you are staying on an island long enough; then your luggage will follow with you, if you are doing a day trip you can leave your luggage at the hotel from which you are doing the day trip.
Hello Romain, first of all congratulations, great blog!
We plan to leave for around 10 nights, so 12 days, a fairly relaxing holiday but with a minimum of discovery.
Ideally your itinerary 5 in the south corresponds rather well by removing perhaps 1 or 2 visits as you specify.
With a little visit to the floating market on the way back to Bangkok, is that possible?
Would it be possible for us to include a small section of rice paddies without necessarily seeing temples, perhaps a visit by bicycle? Or is that impossible?
Thank you
Hello,
Based on itinerary 5, I would skip Koh Tao and Koh Phangan and go straight to the Andaman Sea side on the way to Krabi. For the floating market, note that they are only open on weekends, apart from the very touristy Damnoen Saduak market, which is open in the morning every day, but 710km from Bangkok.
For the rice fields, it depends on the season you come to Thailand…
Hello Romain, I must have been reading your advice and the questions of the world for a good hour and I must congratulate you on your blog! It is great and has helped me a lot! I still have a question that I have not found the answer to. I plan to go to Thailand for 3 weeks. The last of April and the first 2 of May. I thought I understood that it was the end of the dry season and the beginning of the monsoon? ... I planned to go see the Erawan waterfalls in the first week, so if I understand correctly the waterfalls will no longer have water? Afterwards I planned to stay in the Gulf of Thailand, is this the right side for the weather or is it more the Andaman side? Lastly, am I in low season during this period so not too many crowds?
Thanks in advance!
Marilise
Hello Marilise,
It is indeed a transition period in terms of weather. The waterfalls will not be dry, no, but a reduced flow, that's for sure. At this time, there is no real difference between the Gulf of Thailand and the Andaman Sea. It is indeed the low season, because it is particularly hot there and the vegetation is not in top shape.
Hello Romain, I plan to do a combined north-south in 15 days at the beginning of April, my main question is about the climate at this time in the north, will it really be stifling? Will we still be able to enjoy the visits and hikes that the north offers or do you think it is impossible???
Thank you in advance,
Hello,
Sweltering? Yes it can be… plus the vegetation is generally scorched and the waterfalls dry… If it wasn't to experience the Thai New Year (which remains a very nice experience), I wouldn't particularly recommend this period to discover Thailand.
Hi Romain,
Great blog, my fiancée and I are planning to go to Thailand for 3 weeks so we will be greatly inspired by the different itineraries you suggest :). We have not yet decided whether October or November, what would you advise us knowing that we would like to have good weather 🙂 ?
Thank you very much for your feedback,
BàT
Hello,
Around the beginning of November, there will be less rain in the north of the country and you will still have rice fields, but in the south it will not be the best... (but in October too so no regrets 😉)
Hello Romain,
for my part, it's the first half of February that we're leaving with my friend. Your itineraries are great!
What do you recommend for hotels? Resorts, small hotels, homestays (if so, is it easy to communicate?)?
What is a fair rate for accommodation?
Should we plan ahead or in “we’ll see when we get there” mode?
Thank you for your valuable information and for your work which makes us dream!! 🙂
Thomas
Hello,
Very honestly, for hotels it depends above all on your budget! Personally, depending on my destinations, I sometimes choose guesthouses, sometimes small hotels. As for staying with locals, you should therefore favor guesthouses, which translates to guest house, even if some places overuse the word and will not have much to do with the notion of proximity to the locals. Communication in all cases will not be guaranteed to be easy, it depends on the destinations again and on your level of English as well.
For my part, I generally target around €15-20 for accommodation.
To keep some flexibility, it is not necessary to book everything in advance. Generally, I would say take at least one accommodation for your arrival and one for the end of your stay, the rest can be seen on site as you go.
Thank you !!!
Can't wait to discover this country that I've been dreaming of for so many years
Hello Romain,
Thanks for your blog. I found quite a few ideas for our upcoming trip to Thailand. We're going as a couple for 14 days in February/March. I have a few questions about the itinerary we've planned, which is as follows:
Day 1: Flight from Brussels to Bangkok
Day 2: Arrival in Bangkok
Day 3: Visit to the Klongs (half day) and temples (choose between the Grand Palace, Wat Pho, Wat Saket…)
Day 4: Visit to Ayutthaya (or visit to Erawan National Park and Kanchanaburi)
Day 5: End of Ayutthaya visit and visit of Kanchanaburi (or visit of the Elephant Nature park)
Day 6: Visit Erawan National Park (or visit Ayutthaya)
Day 7: Visit to Elephant Nature Park (or visit to Ayutthaya)
Day 8: Return to Bangkok, flights to Koh Samui and shuttle to Koh Tao
Day 9: Koh Tao
Day 10: Koh Tao
Day 12: Koh Tao
Day 13: Koh Tao
Day 14: Return to Koh Samui, flight to Bangkok and departure for Brussels
1) Which of these routes seems better to you: start with Aythaya or with Kanchanaburi?
2) If we start with Ayutthaya, do you advise us to either leave from Ayutthaya, as planned on Day 5 in the evening, or to sleep one more day in Ayutthaya to arrive the next day in Kanchaburi?
3) What do you think about the number of days planned in Koh Tao? We want to: Spend a day in Koh Nang Yuan, visit the island of Koh Tao (probably on foot), do some snorkeling and an introduction to diving, even pass the PADI (3 days)
4) Do you think an extra day is necessary considering the travel time and the number of places planned? We don't want to rush so we can enjoy each place, but we also don't want to get bored. If so, where would you spend that extra day?
Thank you in advance for taking the time to answer me.
Hello,
1) I would rather take the Ayutthaya direction first, the reason being that one day is enough to visit the ancient capital, so on day 4 you will have some time to "settle down" when you arrive in Kanchanaburi and will be close the next day to enjoy Erawan.
2) Saying what I just mentioned, take day 5 to go to Kanchanaburi, no need to sleep an extra night there. It takes a few hours to travel between the two.
3) It's just enough to do what you plan 😉 If on the other hand, the goal is to go to Koh Tao, I would take a Bangkok – Chumphon flight, much cheaper than going via Samui for a similar total duration. (Via the Nok Air company, it is possible to take a plane + boat combo directly)
4) Personally, one more day is never too much! Given your program, I might spend one more day in Bangkok on the way back, to do a bit of shopping or just stroll around the city which has more to offer than a few temples and canals.
Hello!
I will be in Cambodia in March and plan to follow with a short two week stay in Thailand (From Ayutthaya to Phrechua Khiri Khan end of March beginning of April)
Is the heat bearable or is it better to choose another destination? I'll continue on to Indonesia later.
Thank you and congratulations for your blog, a real mine of information and inspiration 🙂
Hello Scott,
I would say it depends on how you tolerate the heat 😉 I see you are Canadian, it could be tough! Very honestly it is quite stifling heat, it goes up to 38-40°C but with the humidity it feels like 48-49°C! In addition the vegetation at this time of year is obviously all burnt, not the best in short…
Good evening Romain and thank you for this site!!
I am going to Thailand in February 2017, we will visit the South. We are doing Koh Samui (hotel already booked), Koh Tao, Koh Phan Gan, then we would like to go to the other side to visit Krabi and Koh Phi Phi. Could you tell me first of all if this seems feasible in 15 days, and especially if we must book the hotels (so plan a specific itinerary, which does not really appeal to us) or if we can improvise once there, because we are leaving during the school holidays so we are afraid of not finding accommodation once there.
Thank you very much in advance for your help.
Laurine
Hello,
15 days to visit the south yes, it is feasible. No need to book in advance, there is a wide choice, note that it is not the school holidays for everyone 😉
Thank you very much, so let's go on an adventure 😉
Hello Romain
Thank you for your site, well done.
We did Phuket last year and we want to go back to Thailand for 10 days in April, but this time we thought we would do 4 days on the beach and 5 days in Bangkok.
Do you have any ideas for a beach destination not far from Bangkok to avoid long journeys because we are with 2 children aged 8 and 11.
Hello,
The closest islands to Bangkok are Koh Larn, off Pattaya, and Koh Samet off Rayong. I mention islands because the beaches along this coast are generally pretty mediocre.
Good evening Roman,
Your site and your work on this blog is extraordinary, bravo!! There is something for everyone! It is not the backpacker's guide but the little Roman that you need to leave hi hi hi!!
We are leaving as a family with our 3 year old boy leaving on 9.12 and returning on 26.12, the only thing we have booked is a ticket to Surat Thani on our arrival on 10.12 and then we take the boat to Koh Samui, I will perhaps book 2 nights in a hotel to ensure a little rest on arrival after this long journey. Our goal is to have some quality time with the family on a beautiful beach in too many people and obviously to see some wonders of the country. We will go back to Bangkok to do the 25.12 there to take the time to enjoy a little to discover some places in Bangkok.
Do you have any advice on places to visit on our route? Natural and cultural…
There is the full moon party, do you think it is possible with a 3 year old child?
Thank you for your patience and valuable advice.
Hello,
What can I say except a big thank you! Let's say that if you want to do the full moon, you will have to go to the neighboring island of Koh Samui, Koh Phangan. I don't know if many have done it with children... personally I don't recommend lingering there, it's still a big alcoholic party, I don't think it's very appropriate for a young child (even if it normally remains good-natured)
After Koh Phangan, you can go through Koh Tao. From there, return to the continent via Chumphon. You can then possibly stop at Prachuap Khiri Khan and Ao Manao Bay, Ban Krut, Sam Roi Yot National Park south of Hua Hin, Phetchaburi and before returning to Bangkok, spend 2, 3 days in Kanchanaburi, to see depending on the time you have (a priori in 2 weeks there will not be time to do everything I just mentioned, but I would say at least Sam Roi Yot and Kanchanaburi to do)
Hello Romain,
Congratulations for your blog which is great and for all your tips and advice. I would need your advice if you want on our trip to Thailand. We will leave as a couple from 30/12 to 20/01 (i.e. 20 full days) and I planned to rely on itineraries 6 and 6bis that you propose by adapting them according to our tastes and priorities:
What we are looking for: Culture / history, nature, authentic and wild trek (in the middle of the jungle), meeting animals (elephants, felines, etc.) with respect, meeting and sharing with the locals (sleeping at the locals' house), meditation, massage, cooking classes, then rather wild and remote beaches, relaxation, snorkeling.
What we would like to avoid: places that are too busy and not essential, places where mistreated animals meet or animal fairs, places that are too party-oriented or jet-set.
So I was thinking of a route like this:
• 31/12: Arrival in Bangkok (New Year's Day celebration)
• 01/01: Bangkok (visiting the must-see sights)
• 02/01: Ayutthaya
• 03/01: Lopburi and journey to Sukhothai
• 04/01: Sukhothai
• 05/01: Lampang – Chiang Rai.
• 06/01: Chiang Rai.
• 07/01: Chiang Rai – Mae Salong.
• 08/01: Mae Salong then direction Chiang Dao.
• 09/01: Chiang Dao then on to Chiang Mai (visit to the old town)
• 10/01: Chiang Mai (Trek day1).
• 11/01: Chiang Mai (Trek day2).
• 12/01: Chiang Mai (areas: Doi Inthanon or other).
• 13/01: Flight to Hat Yai
• 14/01: Koh Tarutao.
• 01/15: Adang Archipelago (Koh Lipe / Koh Adang / Koh Rawi)
• 01/16: Adang Archipelago (Koh Lipe / Koh Adang / Koh Rawi)
• 17/01: Head back up to Krabi (is it possible to do this by boat and see the islands of Koh Lanta and Koh Phi Phi on the way?)
• 18/01: Railay Beach or Ao Nang
• 19/01: Visit Krabi (Tiger Temple, Emerald Pool among others) and return flight to Bangkok
• 20/01: Return to France very early in the morning
What do you think? Is it feasible and coherent? Do you have any advice or alternatives to suggest? Do you think it is better to only do Ayutaya or Sukkotai to save 1 day on the itinerary? Is it better to do the last part of the trip on Koh Lanta to explore all the surrounding islands rather than the Adang archipelago which is further away? If you have a good agency for the trek that we are thinking of doing over 2 days, I am interested! Thank you very much in advance for your help.
Hello,
Sorry for the delay in replying but I was recently travelling in the north of Thailand. I think it looks pretty good, if you really like ruins you can keep it as is, otherwise you can maybe skip Ayutthaya to avoid a certain redundancy in "old temples". Koh Lanta does indeed allow you to travel less far, you could for example go to the nearby islands of Koh Krandan, Koh Mook or Koh Ngai, it is also a good alternative to the Tarutao archipelago.
If by chance you go to Koh Lipe and co, there are quite a few possible connections, so yes, going back up to Krabi stopping along the way is a priori possible (see here)
I have used the agency before Chiang Mai Jungle Trekking which has a pretty good reputation on Trip advisor. There are also those made by a certain Piroon (see his website)
Thank you Romain for your feedback,
We changed our plans a bit from 12/01 by finally arriving in Surat Thani by plane from Chiang Mai. We will do a (short) visit of Khao Sok (1 day/2 nights) to then go down to Krabi then Koh Lanta (3 days on site with an excursion to Koh Kradan, Koh Mook, ...) and finally 3 days on Koh Lipe to explore the surroundings of the Adang archipelago. And we will take the return flight from Hat Yai to Bangkok.
I hope this change remains reasonable or at least feasible… What do you think? Is Koh Lanta and its surroundings + Koh Lipe and its surroundings redundant? Because in this case, I can change islands. I just booked the internal flights because it increases quickly!
Thank you for your advice and I will take note of the agency for the trek and the sea connections. Thank you very much
Hello Romain,
I've read quite a few comments about whether or not going away during August is a good idea and I can't seem to find an answer.
The purpose of our 1st visit to Thailand is to visit BanKong, plus other places that are magnificent with their stories and landscapes.
We also want to relax on beautiful beaches with turquoise waters… but I have a feeling we're going to have rain during our vacation period, which runs from July 28th to August 22nd, 2017… and I'm stuck with the heat ;-))
Can you recommend a nice route? We are 2 adults and a 12-year-old child. What would the budget be?
Thank you very much Romain
Paula
Hello,
August is during the rainy season. After the weather is quite variable from one day to another. But generally monsoon does not mean gray skies and rain all day. It can be nice in the morning and early afternoon, generally the storms are there in the late afternoon and rarely last more than an hour. The advantage of this season is that the vegetation is very green, the rice fields are planted, so the landscapes are at their best.
I don't know Ban Kong, but if you have 3 good weeks to visit the country, you can do a mix of north and south. For the south, the east coast will be better in this season, so Koh Samui, Koh Phangan and Koh Tao would be better. You can also take a trip to the Ang Thong marine park.
For the budget, count at least 35€ per day and per person on average, knowing that the north of the country is less expensive than the south.
Hello Romain, first trip to Thailand
Here is our program. We arrive next Thursday.
D17: arrival in BKK
V18: Sukhothai. Visit of the temples at sunset
Night in Sukhothai
S19. Sukhothai – Chiang Mai
D20: visit to CM, temples, Sunday market
L21: cooking class, climb to doi sutep
M22: visit the surroundings of Chiang Mai: Doi Inthanon or Elephant Camp
M23: chiang mai- pucket by plane then ka yao noi
D24 excursion archipelago music hong
V25: day kayaking in Ao Phang Nga Bay
S26: ko yao noi: island tour
D27: Phuket - Bangkok. Direction Kanchanaburi. Either by bus or rental car.
L28: Erawan Falls or the less frequented Mae Khamin Waterfall
M29: elephant day » elephant world »
M29 bkk
J30: bkk
Does this seem playable to you?
Then some more specific questions:
1) Should I stay in New Sukhothai or near the parks and temples? Any accommodation suggestions?
2) regarding the south, we have a big hesitation concerning the chosen island: we hesitated between ko yao noi and ko mak off the coast of trat
What do you think of these two islands where I think you went?
3) Do you know a hotel near Monchit bus station in Bangkok for the first night?
4) Do you think that Ko Phi Phi at the end of November is not even worth trying because there are too many people?
I think it must be worth it but I don't want it to be a parade. Better railey?
5) To go to Doi Inthanon, what means of transport should you choose: motorbike, taxi, bus?
If you have any other suggestions, feel free to share them. Have a great trip up north. It's very cold in France and things aren't going well in America either.
Congratulations for your site Roman, it helped me a lot
Bonjour.
I'm not sure you'll be able to arrange the times to do a Chiang Mai - Phuket - Koh Yao Noi trip.
To answer your questions :
1) It is obviously better to stay near the historic park since that is the purpose of the visit to the area. I have already tested the The Old Stay by Sister, Naracha Resort and Pasathai resort which are 3 different styles for a similar budget.
2) Koh Mak is much smaller than Koh Yai Noi, which I don't know personally. In both cases, I think you'll enjoy their rather cool atmosphere.
3) Not particularly no…
4) For sure there will be people, but if you are thinking of going to Koh Yao Noi or even Koh Mak, I think you will not like its atmosphere, nor have time. Railey is better to choose.
5) either taxi or if you have a license and you think you are capable, why not by motorbike.
Thank you, good luck with the wait in the cold 😉
Hello
Your blog is simply awesome and warm.
I am just beginning my research
I would like to leave with my husband and my two children (9 and 13 years old)
During the February holidays
Less than 15 days on site
Can you confirm the weather for me?
Very undecided on the route I should do
Are six rather discovery visits and 5 beach days possible?
thank you for your help
Hello,
February is still winter, everywhere in the country so little or no rain (normally...)
Cut into 2 parts over 6 and 5 days and quite possible.
After 48 hours of intensive reading of your blog!!
My decision is made, it will be Thailand!!
Circuit project
Day 1 to 3 Bangkok temples buddha layer floating market
Day 4 Ayutthaya (Historical Park Bike Tour)
Day 5 and 6 visit to elephant park (isn't it too far from Atutthaya?? How to do the train transfer? Internal flight? What price?
But children really want to see these majestic animals in a setting that respects them.
Is there a closer location?
Day 7 departure for the island of Koh Lanta
There also plane from or to where??
Then we would stay on this island before returning to Bangkok for the return trip.
Please tell me what you think
I have two children 9 and 13
Thank you thank you!!!
For your help
Wow, what patience and sympathy to give so much advice almost daily!
We are thinking of going to South East Asia for 3-4 weeks with my girlfriend between April and June. Before we start drafting a "program/desires" (meaning that we never book anything in advance), we would like to know if you think it is feasible to combine Cambodia and Thailand in 20-25 days?
I ask this especially so as not to spend my life in transport (last trip to Madagascar where traveling long distances was either very very expensive by plane or took a long time in a bush taxi 🙂)
The must-sees for us: Ankor in Cambodia and diving (level I) in Thailand. Do you have any information on good spots?
For the rest, we are used to traveling with little comfort, so we try when possible to avoid areas that are too crowded with tourists/big all-in hotels (ok Ankor we won't have a choice..). Fan of photos, I also like beautiful landscapes, encounters... we also like hiking and the mountains. Having also ridden a scooter in Indonesia, I found it super practical, cheap and left a lot of freedom.
These two countries seem to be able to combine a bit of all of that, hence the interest they generate :)
An ideal mix would be to fly into Bangkok, do a side trip to Cambodia – Ankor and “???” – some mountain/countryside in Thailand (where, what?) and finish with diving in the South of Thailand.
If you have any advice regarding all these requests, that would be super cool!
Thank you in advance !
Nicolas
Hello,
It's partly thanks to messages of thanks and support like yours that I motivate myself to continue 😉
Over 25 days, yes, it is possible to consider an excursion to the temples of Angkor over 4/5 days (including the travel time there and back). Having only dived once personally, I am not an expert on the subject… however, among the good spots, we can mention the Similan Islands, be careful however, protected area and weather oblige, the site closes at the beginning of May.
In Angkor there is a way to avoid the bulk of the crowds at a good number of temples, I am talking about them my dedicated article here.
For Thailand yes, I confirm, scooter rides, hiking, mountains, there is plenty to do (too bad, there are no volcanoes like in Indonesia…). Maybe you should also look at my article on the more “ off the beaten track"I am less of a specialist in Cambodia but if you are going to Angkor, the logical combination would be to go to Battambang.
For Thailand, for the "countryside" part, I would say either towards Ubon Ratchathani (if you go there around April, it's the good season to see sam phan bok, on the Mekong River, an example of the things to see in the area), or towards Udon Thani. For the mountain part, to not go too far, I would say Phetchabun or towards Nan.
For the south, if the Similans will be closed, you can go further south, towards the islands of the Tarutao archipelago, Koh Lipe, Koh Adang etc.
Hello Romain,
This is a very useful blog but ultimately I don't feel any further ahead. We decided to visit Thailand from 19/12 to 01/01 with my husband to leave with our 2 children aged 9 and 7. We would like to have a rather typical and cultural week and a week of relaxation and white sand beaches. The problem: I don't know at all which itinerary to favor both on the visit part and on the island part. I would like to avoid long journeys with the children but on the other hand I would like not to miss the must-see places. A little help would be welcome. Thank you in advance
Laetitia
Hello,
Since your stay is quite short, I recommend 2 days in Bangkok, then 1 day in Ayutthaya, the old capital. You could then go to Kanchanaburi for 2/3 days. For the rest, you could go to Koh Chang or Koh Kood, east of Bangkok. Otherwise you can do something more classic and go to Koh Samui (it is possible to go there by plane by going back through Bangkok from Kanchanaburi but not the most economical)
.
Hi Romain! Congratulations on your blog, it's a real goldmine of information! We are two couples with two children each (ages 2, 7, 9, and 11), and we're planning a 3-week trip to Thailand from August 3rd to 26th. We'd like to spend 2 to 5,7,9 days sightseeing (Bangkok, Chiang Mai, elephant rides for the children, seeing monkeys, also for the children…) and then the rest of the time relaxing on an island (Koh Samui? Koh Phi Phi?…). What do you think, and what would you recommend? Also, what transportation options do you suggest? It's our first time in Asia… Thank you for all your advice!
Hello,
Thanks for the compliment 😉 To go north, you can take a night train, it is generally an appreciated experience. Once there, everything will depend on your exact program. For rather short trips, you can take shared taxis (pick ups called songtaew), on site you can do excursions that will take care of you with minivans. For elephants, I recommend the Elephant Family or Elephants World. Avoid centers offering rides in a basket and with "clever" shows showing elephants painting, kicking a ball etc., it may be funny for children but if you want to show respect for these animals, follow my advice.
For the islands, I would say Koh Samui, Koh Phi Phi being more geared towards young party people. You can fly from Chiang Mai to Surat Thani and then after a bus ride to the pier, take a ferry. A direct Chiang Mai – Samui trip is possible but it will cost a lot more due to the monopoly of the company using Koh Samui airport.
Hello Romain,
I'm going to be original: your blog is fantastic and YOU are fantastic!!! Thank you for all this good advice, very valuable and useful. We are going as a couple from November 5 to 18 to the land of smiles, so I'm asking for your opinion on the program I have in mind today 🙂
– Saturday 5.11 in the evening: arrival in BKK
– Sunday 6.11: 1 day in BKK (Chatuchak market, possibly the Khlongs), or take the plane directly to Chiang Mai and take advantage of the local Sunday Market… Would you prefer one of the two options?
– 3 days in Chiang Mai
– depending on the weather in the south (because there is a risk of rain, right?), take a plane to the Andaman Coast for 4 nights. Hesitating between 4 nights on Krabi itself or on an island like Kao Lake, beautiful and quiet. Want to rest a little, and enjoy pretty beaches…
Otherwise, if the weather is rather bad in the South, return from Chiang Mai via Sukhothai & Ayuthaya
– 14-17.11: Last 3 days in BKK to visit the must-see places then shopping.
– 18.11 early morning departure
I'm open to any advice you may have and I thank you in advance!
Sincerely,
Carl
Hello,
Thank you very much for the compliment, as I always say, it helps a lot to continue to transmit with passion!
It's hard to separate Chatuchak from the Sunday Market, they are 2 completely different atmospheres, one being installed in permanent stores, the other in the street for a night. Each has its own identity...
There may still be rain at this time indeed. I guess by "kao lake" you mean Koh Lanta (my deduction...)? If Krabi, Ao Nang or Railey are good choices, I don't know Koh Lanta yet, so it's hard to say anything about it.
Overall there is not much to say about it, a fairly classic route, mixing north and south and a bit of Bangkok, it is very good, it gives a good overview.
Hello Romain,
Yes, I was mistaken, I meant Khao Lak, which is not an island in fact (I'm totally lost :-)) but about which I've read great things... Proximity to the Similan Islands, etc. We'll probably decide at the last minute for this part.
Thanks again, thanks 1000 times!!
Carl
Hello Romain,
I'm going away for 2 weeks in January and I would like to visit Phuket, Krabi and Koh Samui. What are the most suitable means of transport between these cities?
Is January a good season for relaxation and sun?
Thanks to you.
Hello,
January is a good season. Between Phuket and Krabi, the fastest is to take a bus or a mini van, the journey takes about 3 hours. Koh Samui being an island, you must first reach the Donsak pier from Krabi, it takes a little over 2 hours, then ferry for 1h30 (there are departures every hour)
Hello Romain,
I am planning our trip to Thailand from December 30th to January 13th. Our idea was to leave Bangkok by bus or train to reach Chumphon for Ko Phagan. We would spend New Year's Eve on this island. Then we would go to Ko Tao for a few days.
New destination to the Andaman coast on the island of Ko Yao and Krabi. Then return to Bangkok for 2 days.
Do you think it is reasonable in 15 days and especially in terms of weather, what is it like at this time?
You mentioned going to Trat and Chantaburi in your previous comments, are these places to favor in this season?
We would also like to see the typical side of the country, visit a park. Can you advise us?
Thank you in advance.
Hello,
It's a good time to travel in Thailand so no worries from this point of view. 15 days for your program seems reasonable to me. Trat and Chantaburi are not more to be favored at this time than the other destinations, just a question of choice on the type of attendance you want (these last 2 being clearly less touristy than Koh Tao etc.)
It all depends on what you call the "typical" side of the country. Because in absolute terms, I would tend to answer don't go to the south for that... but that's not entirely fair in that even the south has its own identity and therefore something typical, even if it is indisputably influenced by tourism. But Koh Yao for example has remained little touristy compared to nearby islands like Koh Phi Phi.
For a park, the closest to your schedule is Khao Sok National Park.
Thank you so much for replying so quickly!! Your help is invaluable, I'll take a closer look at everything now 😉 Have a great day, and congratulations on this blog, it helps so many people! 🙂
Hello!!! Could you help me too please???
My head is going to explode from searching and I'm even more lost after all my research....
You seem like you could be my savior!!! 🙂
My husband and I would like to go away for the last two weeks of November. I'll be five and a half months pregnant, so we'd just like to relax on a beautiful beach with white sand and turquoise water, go snorkeling, sleep in a bungalow not too far from the sea, and have some quiet drinks in nice bars and eat in pleasant restaurants. I won't be able to do any hiking or long bus and boat trips. Our flight arrives in and departs from Bangkok.
I understood that for this period the Andaman coast is the best? but which island to choose? we do not want to change islands every day, maybe do 2 max. Which island do you recommend?
Thank you very much in advance!
Hello,
I see 3 options to make it as simple as possible. Either Krabi, reachable by plane; from there you have the choice of going to Ao Nang or Railey beach, or to Koh Lanta for an island (after that it's not necessarily the "white" sand beaches...). Phuket, which also has an airport, which remains a classic. Another option at this time of year is to go to Trat by plane, (otherwise 4 hours drive from Bangkok) and you can stay in Koh Chang. Hope this helps you sort things out.
Hello Romain,
Your blog is great 🙂 We are really happy to come across this one,
We would like to have your opinion and some advice regarding our itineraries,
First, we'd like to spend New Year's and 15 days exploring southern Thailand and its islands. We love parties and crowds, but we'd also like to relax on a quiet island before our trip north. We were drawn to Ko Kut; is that a good idea?
Then we would like to quietly discover Thailand from Bangkok to Chiang Mai in 3 weeks.
Looking at your suggested itineraries, we're wondering if 3 weeks might be too long?
So we have another question (it's probably very stupid) how to get around? By bus?
Hello,
For the south, Koh Kood is indeed a good choice, it is a beautiful island. So if you have 15 days, you can enjoy visiting the Chanthaburi and Trat region before. Then you can always visit the surrounding islands, mainly Koh Mak and Koh Chang.
For the north, you know what they say, when you love something you don't count 😉 I'm going to do a little trip to the north myself soon, 5 days, and it's still not enough... Don't forget that my itineraries are only "suggestions". After all, I know the country well so I know how to occupy all this time...
You can make a nice loop, going through the west first, (Kamphaeng Phet, Tak), in the area, you will have time to see the beautiful Thi Lo Su falls (towards Mae Sot then Umphang region), then you go back up towards Lampang then Chiang Mai. From there you can make the famous loop passing through Pai, Mae Lana, Mae Hong Son (with a possible detour to Ban Rak Thai) and return through the Doi Inthanon National Park (highest peak in Thailand). Then you can reach Chiang Rai, passing through Chiang Dao, Doi Ang Khang, Mae Salong.
From Chiang Rai, visit Doi Pha Tang, Phu Chi Fah, then possibly go back down to Nan via Phayao, then Phrae, Uttaradit, Sukhtothai and back to square one! This is just a suggestion 😉
Buses will probably be your means of transport between each city, then locally, songtaew (pick-ups that act as shared taxis). If possible, I advise you to rent scooters for more freedom (especially for the loop around Chiang Mai).
Hello,
I was pleasantly surprised to stumble upon your blog by chance and I hope that chance has done things this way so that you can help me!
I live in Dubai and with my husband, we want to stay in Thailand. Unfortunately our stay will be very short because we only have from November 25 to December 3! So 1 good week…. (let's see the glass half full!)…
Above all, we want to relax, see beautiful beaches and do tours, elephant rides, and do some shopping (a little bit). Our preference is Phuket.
What do you suggest O great Thai master 😉
Hello,
First time I've been granted this "grand master" status lol. To tell the truth, given the time you have, I think Phuket is a good option. On the other hand, for elephant rides, I wouldn't do that if I were you. I invite you to Read this article to understand. I don't think there are any good elephant centers in Phuket...
For the rest, well, the beaches of Phuket are already pretty good, if you feel like it, it's very touristy (Phuket too...), but very pretty, you can go on an excursion to Koh Phi Phi. For visits, the Chalong temple, the viewpoint at the "Big Buddha", the cape of Phromthep, the peninsula of Koh Sirey and the east coast if you want to see the fishing villages (and fewer tourists), that's it in a nutshell!
Hello Roman
I am leaving Nepal at the end of November and before joining a friend for Thailand, I would like to spend the north there to really see the culture, landscapes, rice fields, hikes, etc. I think that afterwards I would focus on 2 weeks in the south in order to have visited as much as possible,
Departure from Bangkok, what itinerary do you recommend and how long?
Do I need to book transport, accommodation... I just have an IGN map of Thailand, Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia on me which I plan to do later.
Thank you very much for your advice
Hello,
Actually, the more time you have, the better, of course 😉 For the north alone, I would count at least a month but I don't know if that will be possible for you. For the itinerary, I refer you to those in the article, if you are looking for something more "funky", you can see the more "off the beaten track" itineraries on the other article:
http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/7-itineraires-hors-sentiers-battus-thailande/
Hello Romain
First of all, thank you for your information.
I'm lost, I don't know all the must-see places in Thailand.
I'm leaving for 3 weeks in March. I was thinking of doing itinerary 6 but I think it's too busy.
I would like to go around a bit but it's quite complicated since I really don't know it.
What to do? Route 6? Or remove some places to make it feasible?
Hello,
Over 3 weeks and based on itinerary 6, I would say that you just have to skip Phitsanulok and Nan, then south, go straight to Krabi rather than going down to the Tarutao and Lipe islands. Which would give something like this (I will add it as an option on the article I think 😉 )
Day 1: Arrived in Bangkok.
Day 2: Ayutthaya
Day 3: Drive to Sukhothai via Lopburi
Day 4: Sukhothai.
Day 5: Lampang – Chiang Rai.
Day 6: Chiang Rai.
Day 7: Chiang Rai – Mae Salong.
Day 8: Mae Salong then head to Chiang Dao.
Day 9: Chiang Dao.
Day 10: Chiang Dao – Chiang Mai.
Day 11: Chiang Mai.
Day 12: Chiang Mai.
Day 13: Flight to Krabi.
Day 14: Koh Lanta (yes, the island from which the TF1 game takes its name).
Day 15: Visit Koh Lanta.
Day 16: Stay on Koh Lanta or excursion Koh Kradan / Koh Mook.
Day 17: Ao Nang.
Day 18: Ao Nang.
Day 19: Visit Krabi.
Day 20: Return / visit of Bangkok.
Day 21: Visit of Bangkok.
One last thing. I just saw that Ko Mak is located on the east side of the Gulf of Thailand. We'll be there at the end of November (we're leaving from November 16th to December 3rd). Perhaps the weather will be better on the other side (Andaman Sea, Ko Yao Noi)?
Roman answering machine.
It's Laurent again. One last question: Regarding the choice of island, we chose Ko Yao Noi for its tranquility and scenery. After reading your great article on Ko Mak, we're now hesitating between going there and Ko Mook. Since you've been to all the islands mentioned, would you go to the coast of Trat on Ko Mak or would you stay on Yao Noi off Phuket, knowing that these two islands have somewhat similar characteristics?
Thanks for all this information, Romain. As you suggested, we won't skip the north. However, we have a big question about the Mae Hong Son loop. We like the idea because I suppose it gives a sense of freedom? But the trip is just under 570 km, and we're worried we'll be doing nothing but scooters, as we haven't ridden them much. What do you think? I imagine a car isn't much faster and might be less enjoyable. Initially, we dreamed of doing a trek, an extraordinary hike through the jungle, discovering isolated villages where the locals, caught off guard in their daily routines, would welcome us with surprise and devotion. We're also worried that it will be very different, and that the trails will be crowded with groups of tourists constantly crossing paths, complaining about the heat or rain, or acting like they're at a circus, taking photo after photo of an isolated tribe. So, we're not sure. What do you recommend? What's the best way to visit the north and its surroundings? Motorbike? Car? Trekking? And if trekking, do you have a guide or company you'd recommend that's a bit more authentic, even though I don't like that word?
Another question: bus or train and bus to sukkotai from bkk?
Finally can I go directly from Ko Yao Noi to Ao Phang Nga Bay to go kayaking and explore it? If we do this useless activity, maybe we can also go to Railey which is very similar to Ao Phang Nga?
Sorry to bother you again. Your blog is great. It really makes me want to discover this beautiful country and its people.
Good weekend
Hello Romain. Congratulations for your blog and for taking the time to respond to the many messages. We are leaving in two months for the first time in Thailand. Here is roughly our itinerary
D1 arrival in bkk
J2 sukkothai
D3 Sukkothai and transfer to Chiang Mai
D4 visit to Chiang Mai
D5 to D8 motorcycle circuit loop mae hong song
J9transfert krabi
J10railay beach or kayak bay of koh ao phang nga
J11aj13 kon yao noi island. Excursion of the 4 islands around
D14 return bkk kantchanaburi.night there
D15 kantchanaburi. Erawan Falls
J16 bkk.
My questions:
1: Is the route feasible? Too busy?
Initially, I wanted to skip either Chiang Mai or Kanchanaburi. But we absolutely want to see Erawan Falls and not miss out on the north.
2: if we have to do a circuit in the north, which point of view landscape and authenticity seems best to you: that of Chiang Mai or the variant around Chiang Rai knowing that the Pu Chi Fa attracts me but transfer by bus of two hours more
3: Is one scooter enough? Is it better to take one each? A semi-automatic? Do you know any nice places that gravitate around: waterfalls, viewpoints…
4: Do you have any favorite accommodations to recommend for my itinerary?
5: during my stay on Ko Yao Noi, can I go directly to Railay or do I have to go from Krabi?
6: I could see that the Ampawa market is very good. Is it unmissable?
Can I return to Bangkok from Ampawa knowing that my flight is at 3am on day 17?
Thank you. Looking forward to hearing from you.
Hello Laurent,
So to answer you:
1: It's doable, not easy but normally, once you get started you should be able to keep up the pace without any worries. If you had to choose, however, remove Kanchanaburi rather than the Chiang Mai region. For the Erawan Falls, why not come back to Thailand later 😉
2: To be honest, I have never had the opportunity to personally test the famous Mae Hong Son loop, but I only hear good things about it. I know the Chiang Rai loop well, it has its charm too, but if you have to make a choice, stick to your initial plan (I have just updated the article with some details and a link to a map showing the route).
3: Yes, they are generally 125cc, the locals use them mostly without worries. It is normally possible for 2 people but if it is possible for you, it is even more comfortable to each have your own since you will have to carry your backpacks. Semi-auto is preferable for mountain roads even if not essential, it is up to you to see according to your habits. Do not forget the international driving license (to be requested at the prefecture)
Among the things to see, there are Chinese villages, respectively the Santichol Chinese village in Pai, and Ban Rak Thai in Mae Hong Son. In terms of viewpoint, there is the Yun Lai Viewpoint in Pai, do not forget to visit the Pai Canyon too. In terms of waterfall, near Pai, there is the Pam Bok Waterfall. Then, by making a small detour by road 1226, you can go to the village of Ban Cha Bo, there is a viewpoint just at the entrance of the village. From the main road 1095, Pang Ma Pha viewpoint.
4: I really liked the Naracha Resort in Sukhothai (see here), cheaper there is the Pasathai Resort (see it). Finally, not easy to find but in a pretty setting, I really liked the Baan Rim Klong Resort (see here).
For Chiang Mai, outside the old town I really liked the Micasa Guesthouse (see it), in the old town, Baan Pordee Guesthouse (see here), the TJR Boutique House, warm welcome (see it). A little more expensive, I had tested the Tha Pae Boutique Hotel (see here) If you stay in Kanchanaburi, I really liked the Sabai@Kan (see it)
5: No, you will have to go via Krabi (from Manoh Pier on Koh Yai Noi, towards Nopparatthara Pier)
6: Given your timing, I'm afraid you won't have time, especially since it's only open on weekends. Otherwise, yes, it's possible to return to Bangkok from Amphawa (last van at 20:30 p.m.)
Hello again Romain, your blog is so complete that it makes you want to leave comments everywhere 😉
So this is my first time in Thailand with my 13 and 15 year old daughters. We will arrive on February 12th and I think I will leave on the 24th or 25th! It will depend on the flights I find...
I've planned three days in Bangkok (temples, flower and amulet market, canal boat trips, and shopping) to start, then Chiang Mai by plane from Thursday to Sunday (temple visits, cooking classes, and maybe an elephant sanctuary?), then down to the beach from Monday to Friday. Friends recommended Ao Nang in Krabi… I'm hesitating between that and Khao Lak.
Is that okay? I don't want it to be too much of a rush... But I'd like to see as many things as possible!
Thank you!
re,
There is also Railey in Krabi, Ao Nang has the advantage of being easy to access since it is not an island and remains close to the airport, while Khao Lak is further away but the water is more beautiful there.
It's not too much of a race yet, after that, nothing stops you from coming back 😉
Good evening everyone,
First of all I would like to thank Romain for this forum and I would say BRAVOOO because it is very useful.
So, I'm planning to visit Thailand for the first time in November for two weeks. There are two couples of us. We'll be arriving at Phuket airport. We haven't planned anything yet. Your suggestions and advice would be very helpful. We'd like to visit Kuala Lumpur, if possible (and if we can find cheap flights).
Hello,
Thanks for your comment, if you only have 2 weeks, and want to visit Kuala Lumpur, you should focus on the south of Thailand. In bulk, Khao Sok National Park, Phang Nga Bay, Krabi, and, depending on how you plan to get to Kuala Lumpur, maybe go down to the islands around Koh Lipe.
I'm going from November 9 to December 23 and having seen a lot of comments since I visited forums and friends who do treks I would have taken a round trip flight to Chiang Mai but I plan to live in another Thailand or if the weather doesn't allow you to stay in the south 2 weeks is quick to do the Gulf and Andaman Islands. We'll see what people who have been there think. 😉 we might cross paths... Have a good trip
Hello,
Thank you for your quick response!
After your advice and thoughts, I will take a night in a hotel in Sukhothai and more particularly in Old Sukhothai to be there for the opening of the park (4/11).
Regarding the Phitsanulok-Chiang Mai night train, where can I book our sleeper seats? When I look on the Thailand Train Ticket website, I only find tickets for 00:18….Can I wait until I get there to buy our tickets or is it risky?
In case we take the 00:18 train, so I have to book the train for 5/11? (yes yes…I know, another stupid question but hey I prefer to reassure myself!)
Quick reminder of the dates: 1/11= Ayutthaya, 2/11=Lopburi, 3/11=Phitsanulok-Sukhothai, 4/11=Sukhothai-Phitsanulok so night train Phitsanulok-Chiang Mai on 5/11 at 00:18?????
As we finish, I ask myself a question about another part of our itinerary:
– 14/11 to 15/11: Ko Lanta
– 16/11 to 17/11: Railay
– 17/11: Krabi
– 19/11 to 21/11: Ko Samui
Here is my dilemma (like many people I think!), I don't know where to book our hotel...Railey (Tonsai beach? West Railay Beach?), Ao Nang Beach, Krabi or other(s)? I read in several guides that it was interesting to sleep at Ao Nang Beach in order to be able to easily move to the other beaches (Railay, Krabi...). Is this true? Because if it is true, I think I will change my program from 16/11 to 17/11.
Thank you for your reply and wishing you a good weekend.
For the train yes, if it's 00:18 then it's the day after so 5/11. You can try this site for the train: http://trainthailande.com/.
Personally I like Railey but it is a priori easier to move from Ao Nang, Railey being a peninsula only accessible by boat. If you ever stay in Railey, Tonsai is the best beach because it is swimmable, the one on the other side being mangrove.
Hello,
Thank you for your great blog that helped me plan our month long trip for November! I would need some information on part of my trip.
Here is the part that I have trouble with:
– 2/11: Lopburi
– 3/11: Phitsanulok –> Planned to go there by train (+/- 4h journey) and sleep at the Grand Riverside Hotel
– 4/11: Sukhothai –> departure from Phitsanulok by bus (+/- 1h15 journey to Old Sukhothai) and return to Phitsanulok to take the night train to Chiang Mai.
What do you think about this part of my itinerary? Is it better to sleep in Sukhothai or Phitsanulok?
Another question (stupid in my opinion! but hey…I’ll go for it!): Are there any luggage lockers (at the train station, at certain tourist sites, etc.)?
Thank you in advance for your answer.
Good day to you.
Hello,
Thanks for the compliment! Since the goal is to visit Sukhothai, I would tend to say that it is better to sleep on site in Sukhothai, from Lopburi, there is a train at 10.29, if you take it on the morning of 3/11, it gives you time when arriving in Phitsanulok (13.22 officially) to leave for Sukhothai. After that depends on whether you plan to visit Phitsanulok concretely.
For the night trains from Phitsanulok to Chiang Mai, there are 3, one at 20.37:00.18, the next at 01.49:4.40 and another at XNUMX:XNUMX (after that there is a last one, but at XNUMX:XNUMX in the morning!)
Not such a stupid question 😉 unfortunately since I've never really had to ask it I don't know the answer... In Bangkok I would say yes but in provincial stations I couldn't say... And in tourist places not really... in general I have my bag kept in the guesthouse where I slept when there's a need...
Good preparation !
Hello Romain
Congratulations for this very informative and pleasant blog to browse, thanks to it we will perhaps decide to go to Thailand. I hesitate with Sri Lanka but that's another story...
We are a family with two children and would like to go in February; as we will only have 9 days there, the 7-day itinerary on the East side might suit us.
As I'm a bit of a worrier by nature, could you please enlighten me? How do I get from Khao Yai to Koh Samet? Are there hotels near the national park?
Thank you Dalila
Hello,
Thanks for the compliment, for hotels and transportation, you will find it in the locality of Pak Chong. Eventually it is possible to camp on site in the national park.
Hello
I am leaving for Thailand in November from the 14th when I arrive in Bangkok to December 19th when I leave
I'm staying 3 days 2 nights in Bangkok when I arrive for the lantern festival which falls right when I arrive.
I would then like to visit the islands and national park around Pukhet and spend my level 1 diving there, so 1 week taken and then visit the islands, have a fool moon party and go to the elephant festival in a city north of Bangkok if I am well informed. As well as see the monkey festival and the king's festival.
I would like to go up then visit the north and go back down for 2 to 3 days to Bangkok
If you have any advice I'm interested, I'm going there for the first time, I have 35 days, that gives me time
just include all this in relation to the dates of local religious festivals
Thank you for your answer
in case my email
mehdidayde313@gmail.com
Hello,
As for a national park close to Phuket, you have the very famous Khao Sok park (which is starting to become popular...). The full moon party only happens on Koh Phangan, so in the Gulf of Thailand. It's up to you to see if in your schedule you have time to go there.
The elephant festival takes place in Surin, a city almost 6 hours from Bangkok, further east than north. For the monkeys, it's the Lopburi festival, a city 3 hours north of Bangkok.
Afterwards I don't know if you are looking for advice in particular.
Thanks for your reply. I'm planning to visit the temple, do all that, and even go up to Chiang Mai. I want to go directly from Bangkok to Phuket to do my diving internship, revisit Koh Phangan, and then go back up to the park and the elephant festival. What would you recommend I do from Bangkok on the way down to Phuket, since the elephant festival is the last or second-to-last weekend of November?
On the way down to Phuket, I recommend a stop near Hua Hin and going to the Sam Roi Yot national park, great with its viewpoint (Khao Daeng), its cave (ideal to be there around 11am for good light).
For large quiet beaches there is Baan Krut, Bang Saphan further down. Possibly a stop to Chumphon Bay.
Thank you
So I go down to the place you told me about or on the way back up to Bangkok?
And then towards Pattaya, what is there to see that is interesting? I would like to spend my first 3 days in Bangkok for the lantern festival, followed by the Puket area and surroundings, then the area towards the east and Pattaya and go up to Chiant Mai for about 10 days to keep 2 days in Bangkok on the way back, or will the first 3 be enough, you think.
I ask a lot of questions, sorry, because I don't want to foresee everything, but just have a common thread.
Whatever I would say, in one way or the other, it doesn't change much. Pattaya is not really my favorite area... There is the Sanctuary of Truth, the Tiger Kingdom, a flower park and other things, otherwise the beach is average and there are too many foreigners per square meter for my taste. Basically, 3 days are enough to see the essentials, it's up to you to see if you want to go further by coming back, some people love the city (I'm one of them since I live there 😉 )
Thanks for the information pattaya I just want to go there 3 days 2 nights to at least see it but will spend more time afterwards in the north visiting because I want to have fun but also visit well in 5 weeks.
We could meet in Bangkok if possible when I arrive for the lantern festival you must know of a place if you are free. Before starting my stay it could be cool
If I'm available at that time yes, after in November it's a period where I often move from Bangkok.
Thanks, I'll get back to you. Do you have Facebook?
Do you know where I can go skydiving or paragliding in Thailand with beautiful places?
Yes I have facebook, you can contact me through the blog page. You can skydive to Pattaya.
Hello Romain,
Thank you for your blog, it has made me even more eager to leave and I think it will help me a lot in the coming weeks to prepare for my trip!
We are 6 friends and we are going to visit Thailand during the first weeks of November.
The route we imagined is more or less similar to your overall route:
– Day 1 to 4: Bangkok (including arrival time at the hotel and a day in Ayutthaya)
– Day 5 to 9: Chiang Mai and surroundings
– Day 10 to 15: Phuket and the surrounding islands
However, after doing some research I have some doubts regarding the places to visit:
Is Chiang Rai worth a visit or can we stay in Chiang Mai for the whole time we are in the north? Is a day trip from Chiang Mai possible (like an express trek)?
Regarding Phuket, what places/beaches would you recommend? Is it possible to avoid mass tourism?
As we are a large group we wanted to rent a villa for a few days, we had thought of spending 2-3 days in Phuket and 2 days on a nearby island. We had thought of Koh Phi Phi but I read a lot of criticism about the island (a lot of waste in the city and on the beach, noisy, mass tourism...). Which island would you recommend to combine nature but also allow us to go out one evening (to enjoy our last days in Thailand)
Thank you in advance !
Tamara
Hello,
In my opinion, yes, Chiang Rai is worth it, but given your timing it's a bit limited to explore further north, there is already a lot to do around Chiang Mai. It's not possible to do a day trip/trek there, it's too far away.
In November it is not easy to avoid mass tourism since it is starting to be the high season. If you have to choose, it is better to go to the north of the island, from Surin beach. Otherwise a beach like Karon can do it because it is very large. Koh Phi Phi is a rather party-oriented island so can be quite noisy, unless you move away from the main village.
I have never been to Koh Yao Yai but it may be what you are looking for, although I don't know what the nightlife is like.
I'll take note, thank you very much for your advice!
With pleasure !
Hello Romain,
Your blog helped me a lot in preparing my trip to Thailand, I thank you very much.
However, I still have part of my stay to organize and I would need advice.
I'm leaving for 14 days and I've planned with my partner to spend the first 7 days visiting the north of Thailand and then the second week on the beaches.
Although the first week is planned out, we have more difficulty deciding on the south...
Indeed we were thinking of going to Krabi for 5 days and once there see what the agencies offer us in terms of beaches, islands and parks but given that we have a very tight budget we wonder if it is better to stay in Krabi and do some walks or still go to the islands.
Are the boats to the islands too expensive?
Thank you very much for your reply.
And thank you again for your blog which, like us, must help many people plan their vacations!!!
Hello,
Krabi is already a great place, you can for example go to Railey beach, a peninsula accessible only by boat. A trip Krabi – Phi Phi normally costs 400 baht per person. Thank you for the compliments and for being one of my readers!
Hello,
I'm not going to be very original, but I thank you and congratulate you for this blog and especially these always interesting exchanges.
I think I've looked through them all but haven't found the answers to my questions, so I'm going to start now.
We will be leaving in July-August for 4 weeks, with 2 families (with 4 children aged 8 to 14).
We would like to spend 2 days in Bangkok to "land" quietly and discover the atmosphere of the country, then go up north to Chiang Mai for about ten days, and go down to the islands of Ko Tao and Ko Phangan (or Ko Samui?) also for about ten days and finally go back up to Bangkok for 3 days before leaving again.
Of course this program will be detailed to go see the different parks, waterfalls, historical places… but basically (+/-)10 days in the north, (+/-)10 days in the south and around 6 days in BKK.
Here are my questions:
- Weather report :
Is it a good idea to go north despite the season we will be in?
– Transport:
For long distances, we will choose the night train and the plane. But for shorter distances, even small distances, there will be 8 of us, how can we get around? Do we need to rent cars? (to go for walks, go to parks, visit...). Is it possible to rent a minibus with a driver for several days? Do you have any idea of the prices?
– regarding accommodation, is it possible to find hotel rooms for 4 in the same room or GH, or is it better to rent accommodation for 8 directly?
Thank you for your information, and good luck!
For my part, I will continue to search, rummage through your blog, and learn, dream, travel... THANK YOU!
Hello Karen,
Visiting the country remains quite feasible even in the rainy season, visiting the north? Yes! Plus it will be very green which is not so bad and the rice fields will also be very green.
For short distances there are either buses if it is between two sufficiently important destinations, and more locally, there is local transport, what we call Songtaew, pick ups with rows of seats in the back, this is what you can take for example to go to Doi Suthep from Chiang Mai, more information on transport here: http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/comment-se-deplacer-en-thailande/
It is also possible to rent a minibus with driver, generally the price is around 1800 baht, petrol not included.
For accommodation, if you look on Agoda you can choose the number of people per room and yes, you should find room for 4 people.
Otherwise, look on Airbnb to possibly compare and book accommodation for the 8 of you.
Glad to make you dream, good preparations!
Hello Romain!
Your blog is great, personally I am very interested in itinerary 6 since my boyfriend and I would like to leave in November for 1 month in Thailand.
However I have a big problem… I have never been there and for me all the names you give are Chinese! Are they names of cities? Of places to visit? So would it be possible please just to specify and also just to specify how you get from one place to another… We see everything and anything on the internet so how can we make a choice when we don't know anything at all?!
I thank you in advance and frankly thank you for this initiative it's TOP!!!!
Charlotte
Hello Charlotte,
The names I give are the main cities. Transport is varied, depending on the location you will have the choice between bus, train or plane, if you have not already done so, I invite you to read the dedicated page on transport: http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/comment-se-deplacer-en-thailande/.
I imagine this is your first "big" trip? You don't have to worry about the organization, everything can be done on site.
Hello Romain. Your blog is great, thank you for giving us everything, it's very nice of you.
I came to Thailand 34 years ago (afraid to be disappointed now) but my sister would like to visit this country.
We would leave around November 15th until approximately December 14th (flights Paris – Bangkok and return Phuket – Paris)
Planned circuit:
D 1-2: Bangkok (site visits)
D 3-4: River Kwai then Ayutthaya
Day 5: Ayutthaya – Sukothai
Day 6: Sukothai – Chiang Rai via Lampang
D 7: Chiang Rai – golden triangle – Chiang Mai Mae Kok River
D 8: Chiang Mai
D 9: Chiang Mai – Bangkok by night train
D 10: Bangkok
Do you know of a local (reputable) agency to organize the tour in small groups because it is too expensive individually?
D 11- 15: departure from Bangkok for ? Ko Samui or another less touristy island. Stop at Hua Hin? What do you advise me and go to where? How to make the journey by night train and ferry?
D 16: How to get to Phuket?
After the tour we have about 15 days before leaving again. What do you advise me, how to get there and which places?
I would like to point out that I do not know the south, that we are about sixty years old and that for my part I am a person with reduced mobility (I move around without problem but less quickly).
Thank you in advance.
cordially
Mimie
Hello Mimie,
It is true that in 34 years Thailand is rather unrecognizable, but there is still some good and fortunately! You can perhaps try to contact ode Asie for an agency.
If you end up going to Phuket, it seems to me more relevant to go to the Andaman coast directly rather than to the Gulf of Thailand, in which case, for a less touristy island (although it will be high season) you can go either to Koh Lanta, or Koh Yao Yai, or Yao Noi then Phuket.
For the night train, easy, on the day of your arrival go to Hua Lamphong station to get your ticket to be sure to have a seat, otherwise you can do it when you arrive in Chiang Mai. For the ferry it is possible to get the tickets on site but if you prefer to have it before you will have to go through an agency, you will find plenty in Bangkok who can take care of that.
The stop in Hua Hin does not seem essential to me, there are some nice visits to do in the area but you need to be in good physical condition.
Hope this helps you a little.
Sincerely,
Roman
Hello Romain, I am coming to you for advice on Thailand, we are 4 as a couple and are leaving from January 19, 2017 to February 19, 2017 for 1 month, we arrive in Bangkok and at the end of the 1 month we return from Phuket so our trip we would like to do from north to south. Do you have any information to give us for our itinerary? We would like to do 1: Bangkok then 2: Kanchanaburi 3: Ayuthaya 4: Patara elephant farm 5: Erawan park 6: Jim Thompson's house 7: Chiang Rai 8: Chiang Mai so all this for Max 15 days. If it is possible to have an opinion from you, then go down to the south with 9: Ko Chang and 10: Ko Kood 11: Ko Tao 12: Ko Phangan 13: Ko Samui 14: Phuket and surroundings, Krabi, Koh Lanta, Similan Islands etc etc I could have your opinion? If this route is possible or too long and on arrival it is no longer a vacation but a Beijing express, thank you in advance ...
Hello,
Clearly you need to remove destinations, impossible to see all that in 1 month, in general it is already preferable for the islands to prefer an area, either the Gulf of Thailand, or the Andaman Sea, or possibly since you also mention them, the east coast. But forget the 3, already, given the season, avoid the Gulf of Thailand, that would already be one less…
For the rest, you can go up to Bangkok, visit the city including point 6, Jim Thompson's house, then go to Kanchanaburi, your point 2 and see the Erawan Falls (point 5), then go to Ayutthay (point 3) before going up to Chiang Mai (point 8) to go to the Patara Elephant Farm (point 4) and higher up to Chiang Rai (point 7).
Then go back down to Trat (possible connection by plane with Bangkok Air) and visit the islands of Koh Chang (9) and Koh Kood (10), you can then take a Trat-Krabi flight and visit Krabi, go down to Koh Lanta, Koh Phi Phi then return to Phuket, if with all that planning you still have time for the Similan Islands, you can go to Khao Lak from Phuket and do an excursion from there.
In order, the visits would therefore give this according to your points cited: 1-6-2-5-3-8-4-7-9-10-14
Hope this helps.
Sincerely,
Roman
Hello Mr. Romain.
I am of Vietnamese origin. At the end of October 2016, I will be visiting my family in Vietnam, and I would like to take the opportunity to visit Thailand. I would like to travel to Thailand from October 17th to October 29th (or 30th), 2016. Here is my planned itinerary:
Day 1: Visit Bangkok
Grand Palace, Wat Pho, Wat Arun. Dinner and overnight at the hotel.
Day 2: Bangkok
Visit Wat Benjamabohitr temple, Vimanmek Palace.
Day 3: Bangkok / Ayutthaya
Archaeological visit of Ayutthaya, the temple of Wat Phra Mongkon Bophit, Wat Phra Si Sanphet and Wat Yai Chai Mongkol, visit of the Summer Palace of Bang Pa In.
Dinner and overnight at hotel in Ayutthaya.
Day 4: Ayutthaya / Lopburi / Sukhothai
Visit Prang Sam Yod, Wat Phra Sri Ratana Maha Dhat and the Monkey Temple.
Arrive Phitsanulok and visit Wat Maha Dhat, arrive in Sukhothai in the evening.
dinner and overnight stay at the hotel.
Day 5: Sukhothai / Lampang/Phrae
Visit Wat Phra Dhat Lampang Luang, the rural town of Phayao, Wat Sri Kom Kam.
Continue to Phrae. Visit the beautiful old house, Vongburi House, transformed into a small museum presenting an exhibition on the exploitation of forests.
•Dinner and overnight stay at the hotel.
Day 6: Phrae / Phayao / Chiang Rai / Chiang Saen
•Departure for Phayao, visit to Wat Sri Kom Kam. Continue to Chiang Rai. Visit the city of Chiang Rai: Wat Phra Keo temple. Drive to Chiang Saen. Dinner and overnight stay at the hotel.
Day 7: Golden Triangle / Chiang Mai
Boat trip on the Mekong. Continue to Chiang Mai. Dinner and overnight at the hotel.
Day 8: Chiang Mai
In the morning, take a taxi to discover the magnificent Wat Doi Suthep temple, in the afternoon: temples of Wat Phra Singh, Wat Chiang Man, and Wat Suan Dok. In the evening, go for a walk to the night market. • Night at the hotel.
Day 9: Chiang Mai/Chiang Dao
Visit an elephant camp and enjoy a traditional elephant ride. Continue to Wat Tham Dork Kum for a picnic lunch overlooking the Phrao Valley. Depart for Chiang Dao and visit the Chiang Dao caves before returning to Chiang Mai.
Day 10: Chiang Mai / Koh Samui
Arrival at Samui airport. Check-in at the hotel. Overnight at the hotel.
Day 11: Koh Samui
Breakfast. Free day in Koh Samui. Lunch and dinner at leisure. Overnight at the hotel.
Day 12: Koh Samui / Koh Phangan
Breakfast. Transfer to the pier for a ferry to Koh Phangan. End of the day and free meals. Night at the hotel.
Day 13: Koh Phangan
Breakfast. Free day. Night at the hotel.
Day 14: Koh Phangan / Koh Samui / Bangkok
Day 15: Return to BANGKOK
I'm taking the plane around 19pm to return to Vietnam.
Can you organize a tour like that? Currently, it's just me (alone), I would like to group it with others if you have.
Thank you
cordially
Hello and thank you for your message,
Unfortunately I only accompany and organize in a private setting, so there is no possibility of grouping with others... Otherwise your itinerary is completely within my capabilities (and rather nice, good choice!)
Sincerely,
Roman
Thanks for your reply. Yes, we've done quite a bit of planning and wanted some help with activities. We really wanted to see Chiang Mai while also visiting the islands, which is why we opted for a flight between the two to minimize travel time.
On the other hand, is it easy to go to Bangkok airport early in the morning by taxi from the hotel? Because we have the plane to Chiang Mai on Tuesday 28th at Don Mueang airport in Bangkok we take off at 8:15 am I hope it will be easy for us to go to this airport even if we get up early in the morning? It is a big city Bangkok will we find a taxi or something else easily? Reassure us!!
So if it's complicated to go to the Gulf of Thailand we'll stay on the other side then 🙂
Thanks for your advice!!
I reassure you, yes, it is easy to find taxis, even in the morning, at worst, you can try to ask the day before at the hotel which will reserve a taxi for you.
Hello Romain. Your blog is really good and it's great that you take the time to respond to comments.
I am going to Thailand with a friend from 26/06/2016 to 5/07/2016. Here is our itinerary that we have planned:
Day 1: BANGKOK
Day 2: CHIANG MAI
Day 2: CHIANG MAI
Day 3: Departure for Phuket
Day 4: ?
Day 5: Return to BANGKOK
Day 6: Bangkok
Day 7: Bangkok
Day 8: Return to France.
In order not to waste time in transport, we booked the plane with Air Asia. Now "the little problem" is that we don't really know what to do on the islands. We would like to go to the island of Koh Tao for diving, but once on Phuket will it be easy for us to go to these islands? Is there a diving center that you recommend? Knowing that we are not coming to party but to see splendid landscapes..
And last question, are there any animal parks to see tigers, crocodiles or others that you could recommend depending on where we are?
Thank you very much!!
Hello Morgan,
If you have already booked, it means that you have already planned your stay as such? Given the duration, I would have rather targeted either the north or the south, there it would avoid wasting time in transport… Koh is on the other side, in the Gulf of Thailand so forget it… The best thing is to take an excursion to Koh Phi Phi, I went to do my first dive there in a center in the middle of the island soberly called “Phi Phi” house, opposite the Kinnaree House. But Koh Phi Phi is also a party place… For the animals, are you talking about seeing them in the wild?? Because if you go to a park, I don’t think you will have the chance to come across a tiger, especially given the length of your stay. As for the crocodile, there are only some left in farms and zoos…
Hello Romain,
Congratulations on your blog which is superb, very enriching and with magnificent photos!
My husband and I are planning to go to Thailand for 2 weeks in November, to combine culture and relaxation.
I have a bit of a fear of flying, and am looking for a route with a limited number of legs.
Do you think that arriving in Phuket and leaving from Bangkok is a good idea? Your itinerary 3 tempts us quite a bit, are there any train journeys possible?
Thank you and congratulations again!
Laura
Hello Laura,
Thanks for the compliments! If you are interested in itinerary 3, and therefore plan to do a bit of the north and a bit of the south, arriving in Phuket will not change much in the number of times you would need to fly, you can go up north by night train, take a plane to go south and go back up to Bangkok by night bus for example. The other solution being, if you arrive directly in Phuket and do not mind starting with the "relaxation" before going to the "adventure" in the north, then you can take a flight to Chiang Mai from Phuket and then go back down to Bangkok by train.
Hello Romain
Thanks for your blog, full of information; it makes you dream!
There are 4 of us (2 children aged 1 and 4 + 2 adults) and we have 7 nights => we wanted to visit Bangkok and then go to beaches not too far away for the children. What would you advise us and especially where to stay?
thank you in advance
Laetitia
Hello,
Thanks for the compliments! To answer you, I would say that it depends on what season you will come… The closest (and nicest) beaches are east of Bangkok, from Koh Larn, off Pattaya, further away you have Koh Samet and moving away a nice trio Koh Chang, Koh Mak and Koh Kood. But this whole region is very rainy during the season between May and October…
Hello Romain,
While we were looking for holiday destinations, we finally opted for Thailand after visiting your site. We are four girls aged 18-19 and we are leaving from June 26 to July 17, 2016. However, we would like to know some specifics before flying.
We will arrive at 11.00:27 in Bangkok on June 18.30th and leave at 17:XNUMX from Bangkok on July XNUMXth. We are backpacking and looking to visit the natural side of this country. We would like to avoid the overly touristy attractions. We intended to cross Thailand from north to south.
Would you agree to give us some information, some advice?
We had the idea of walking a little, discovering Thai culture, visiting "poor" villages, swimming in natural pools, taking an elephant ride (if they are not mistreated).
We look forward to your response, thank you 🙂
Melanie, Christel, Carla and Adeline
Hello to all 4 of you,
What information are you looking for in particular? Some elements of answers in relation to what you are looking for, among the possible places with natural swimming pool, there is Krabi and the "emerald pool", the park of Erawan and its waterfalls in Kanchanaburi. For elephants, there are now several choices that offer an experience with well-treated elephants, the precursor in this area being the elephant nature park. As for villages, I am not sure that the term "poor" is necessarily relevant, because a village can look charming without necessarily being "poor", to name one, the village of Baan Mae Kampong, east of Chiang Mai.
Hello Romain,
First of all I want to tell you that your blog is great and that it's a pleasure to read it.
I am going with my family (2 children aged 15 & 10) for 3 weeks in July. I wanted to spend a few days in the north (Chiang Mai and its region) before going south and enjoying the islands of the Gulf of Thailand given the season.
Concerning the North and given the season, is it reasonable to take my kids on a 2/3 day trek? Personally, I think it's possible but I would like to have your opinion before validating the project.
Concerning the south, which I don't know, 2 weeks to discover and enjoy the time spent with the locals seems very long to me...but do you have any advice to give us on 2/3 islands with a fair balance between Thais and tourism?
Indeed, I would really like children to be able to enjoy as much as possible the wonderful kindness and beauty of Thailand and the Thai people.
To tell you the truth, I've already been to Thailand: 10 days in the north (on a trek) and 10 days in Kho Chang but with friends...so different weather and different atmosphere!!
And thanks again for your blog.
Yannick
Hello and thank you for the compliment!
It depends on the trek I would say, some are easier than others, after next season it shouldn't be too marked this year again because of El Nino... For the islands I would say Koh Phangan, Koh Yao Yai or even Koh Lanta.
Hello Romain,
I just came across your article and I am in the middle of organizing my first trip to Thailand. I am leaving with a friend from March 1 to March 12 (flight included, which leaves us 30 days for the trip). We are landing in Phuket. We are looking for rest/partying/shopping and heavenly tastings.
First we want to ask you the best place to take a kind of hotel or villa with a small private pool (just for the two of us), with a view and not far from the sea?? (at a reasonable price it's even better). Then we want to visit some nearby islands to rest and take boat trips 3/4 days. Then we want to visit the other places (must see in Phuket and surroundings) for 2/3 days. We take the plane to visit Kuala Lumpur (tours patronnas + perhentian island..) for 3/4 days (is it enough???). Then we take the plane back to Bangkok to visit for 3/4 days (What to do: island / shopping / ..?) For the rest, we are still lost lol. Our goal is to see as many things (and cities) as possible with the least travel (unless it's worth it) to have a general overview and better organize another longer trip in the future. Could you tell me if the idea of combining: phuket then kuala lumpur then Bangkok, to finally return to phuket (that's where we take the plane back home with a stopover in Bangkok for 9 hours :D) ?????????? (I'm also thinking of Singapore?) …..Thanks for your help, we really don't know how to organize ourselves, nor where to stay, nor what means of transport to use 🙁
Hello,
For a villa in Phuket, know the Two Villas Holiday Phuket: Onyx Style Nai Harn Beach which is good value for money (but not so close to the sea), the other option being Ananta Thai Pool Villas Resort Phuket. In both cases there is no particular view, for that you go higher in budget (which I do not know...)
3/4 days to visit Kuala Lumpur AND the Perhentian Islands, it's doable but honestly the race... then you go to Bangkok before going back down to Phuket... that's a lot of travel that could have been avoided in my opinion... I think you're trying to see too much in a fairly short time. For transportation, it depends exactly where you end up going, on site it depends on your mode of travel, either local taxis (quite expensive) or renting scooters (but not necessarily comfortable for you driving on the left and the Thai way).
Hello Romain,
I have never done a big trip and I was hesitant about the destination but your blog convinced me that it would be Thailand! Congratulations on your work and thank you for taking the time to answer us all.
As you might expect, I have a few questions about my stay:
I'm leaving at the beginning of July with a friend for a 2-week stay. We were inspired by your itinerary #3, knowing that we would like to combine exploring the North with relaxing in the southern islands.
1) We were thinking of booking a hotel for the first night in Bangkok and seeing a bit about the place for the rest. What do you think? Knowing that I have never traveled, it stresses me out a bit… afraid of not finding anything “decent” anymore.
2) For the North (6 days): I'm thinking of visiting Sukhothai and Chiang Mai. Do you think we could plan something else? What modes of transport would you recommend between Bangkok and Sukhothai, and between Sukhothai and Chiang Mai? Do we need to book the journeys in advance?
3) Heading South (6 days): I think I understood that for the season, it was better to favor the east like Koh Samui, Koh Phangan, Koh Tao ... Do you think we would have time to do 2 islands? and which ones? knowing that we would like to do a first dive. You seem to indicate that the plane is the easiest and fastest means of transport to reach the south. Where is it best to land and should we book?
4) We will obviously end with a return to Bangkok with visits and shopping during the last 2 days.
Also, what is the way to get to Bangkok?
Thank you in advance for your valuable advice. Don't hesitate to tell us if some things seem incoherent, too short or on the contrary too long.
And maybe see you soon in Thailand 😉
Morgan.
Hello Morgan,
I am happy to be able to succeed in “convincing” people to take the plunge!
1) In July you will be there off season, so it will be quite possible to find on site, after if you want to be more relaxed, you can always book before, it will just force you to follow your travel plan to the letter. In general it is good to give yourself a margin, by booking at the beginning, to know where to stay and a few hotels here and there depending on the time you are sure to spend in such and such a place (even if it is not necessarily easy to predict, sometimes favorites change the situation)
2) Over 6 days, including transport? I would say that it is already good, you can always move around the surroundings of Chiang Mai, going to Chiang Dao or Pai for example. No real need to book in advance for transport by bus or train, for the plane it is still preferable.
3) 2 islands in 6 days is doable yes. For diving, then Koh Tao is THE place to go, especially for beginners. After that I will go to Koh Phangan as a 2nd island. It is indeed the easiest and fastest, to go to Koh Tao you have to take a flight to Chumphon (with Nok Air) then ferry. Otherwise there is the possibility of going to Surat Thani then ferry to Koh Phangan and then go to Tao before returning to Bangkok via Chumphon. Again, yes, for flights it is better to book in advance.
4) Depending on how you are going to manage your time overall, either by plane again, or try the train (there is also the bus but it is the least interesting in terms of experience/cost ratio even if personally, I use it more often because the train is too slow for my taste)
I won't be available in July but have a great stay in advance!
Hello Romain,
My wife and I went to Thailand a few years ago and we loved it. We would like to go back but for longer this time, and the different suggestions here give me lots of ideas for itineraries. We would especially like to go back to Koh Lipe, we had a magical time!
Hello,
You will then notice that things are changing and that Koh Lipe is developing... for the moment it remains limited a priori but it is no longer the "desert" island that it used to be.
Hello everyone! 🙂
I found myself here on this post not by chance eh 🙂
It smells like preparation for a trip :p
So I have a few questions, friends, regarding Thailand.
I'll explain the situation to you, I'm leaving with a friend for 3 weeks in November (I know it's still a long way off but we're in too much of a hurry :)) backpacking, so we'll just get our plane tickets and then off on an adventure.
my questions are:
Is the country dangerous for 2 girls alone? (even if we plan to meet people during our trip)
-> precision, we are both 26 years old and are fully aware of the danger, we have discussed it and we are on the same wavelength on this level, we will not hang around the streets after dark, nor will we frequent bars, nightclubs or other. We are planning a 2% nature trip, discovery of the local culture, etc…
my other question is, can we walk around in bikinis on the beaches without danger? this is a question that may seem stupid to you but i read an article, where a british couple were killed by thais because they were walking around in bikinis on the beach??? i also read that in certain places like religious places, you have to be dressed in a decent way (which i completely understand), but how does it work on the beach then?
knowing that we are 2 single girls? what is your experience? your feelings at this level?
Thank you in advance for your answers.
Amina
Hello,
Seeing your message, I wonder if you know what you're getting into... it's not for nothing that Thailand is popular, including with girls traveling alone! It's a safe country and even walking around late at night is frankly not dangerous, many people will tell you the same thing! So rest assured!
The country is predominantly Buddhist, while Thais are certainly modest, walking around the beaches in a bikini is absolutely not dangerous! What you have read is completely false!! The background to the story is not even known, and even if it is a possible rape that went wrong, it is a rare case (there are millions of tourists every year!!)
Dressing modestly is especially true for the Grand Palace in Bangkok, as well as Wat Pho and Wat Arun, outside of these places there are no real mandatory rules, although, since monks live in the temples, a minimum of "dress" would be preferable. Again, at the beach, no worries.
I think you are marking for nothing, I imagine that it is your first trip far and in absolute terms I think that the choice of Thailand is not a coincidence either, so do not stress and enjoy the trip!
Good evening, I just spent a month in Thailand: a few days in Bangkok for Christmas, 6 days in Pattaya for New Year's, 2 days is plenty (the beaches aren't great and there's nothing amazing about them, but the prostitution is awful). I then went to Phuket for 15 days (Patong), a nice island, very crowded and with beautiful beaches. Avoid Patong Beach; I rented a scooter for 15 days. Be very careful in the traffic. For me, Surin Beach, 15 km from Patong, was great, and of course, good restaurants and a great night out in Bangla – a must-do! If you want good restaurant recommendations, I'm at your disposal, as well as any other information I can provide. Then I spent 3 days in Hua Hin, a nice city, and returned to Bangkok. Last year I went to Koh Lanta, a little disappointed, but still had a good stay.
Thank you for this testimony 😉
Hello Romain
Thank you for this very interesting blog which I have been lingering over since I discovered it while searching the web. I would like to ask you a few questions:
I am traveling with my 16 year old daughter from 24/06 to 09/07.
She wants to take her advanced diving level, which I plan to do in the second part of the trip. Koh Tao seems OK to me regarding the weather and prices. Is it still possible to go diving on the Andaman side at this time?
For the first part, I hesitate between Sukhothai and Ayytthaya (a choice that concerns more the teaming knowing that my daughter prefers to stay a little more on the beaches ...), then join Kanchaburi. Is the period still favorable to walk in this region?
It is with great pleasure that I will read the answers in order to be able to make some reservations.
Hello,
Koh Tao is on the Gulf of Thailand side. In this season, the Andaman coast is better avoided, the rain is already here, national parks like the Similan and Surin islands are closing.
If timing is the issue, then choose Ayutthaya, which is very close to Bangkok, especially if you are going to Kanchanaburi afterwards. It is also the rainy season there but it is still possible to stay there.
Hello
I would like your opinion on a day around the elephants. Ganesha park or a reserve near Chiang Mai? Is Ganesha park accessible from Bangkok? Over 1 day 2 days?
thank you in advance
Hello,
Ganesha Park is located in Kanchanaburi province about 3 hours from Bangkok. Towards Chiang Mai I always recommend the Elephant Nature Park, the "original" park that started the wave of parks focusing on the well-being of the animal and not its purely commercial exploitation.
Is Ganesha worth the detour? Should it be done over 2 days?
Hello Romain, well done and thank you for your very detailed itineraries, it helps me a lot! I am leaving for 15 days next March, and I am interested in itinerary 4.
I have a few questions though…:
– How to travel from one point to another? bus? train? hitchhike (I will be alone with my backpack)?
– To sleep, will I find backpacker hotels at each stage? Is it necessary to book in advance at this time of year? Can couchsurfing be a solution?
Thanks for your answers!
Hello William,
For the experience you can do part of it by train but as it is slow I would tend to favor the bus between the main stops before Chiang Mai, from there, the motorbike is to be favored for the experience. For sleeping yes, in general there is always something to satisfy all budgets. At this time, booking is not an obligation. Couchsurfing is not very developed, I do not know outside Bangkok if it is easy to find hosts.
Thanks Romain for your answer!
I still have 2 questions regarding route 4:
– How to get back to Bangkok from Chiang Mai? Plane? Train or bus? (how much time should I allow in this case…)
– You are talking about an alternative from Chiang Mai:
"There is a possible alternative (among others) to the loop passing through Mae Hong Son, going up towards Chiang Rai then Mae Salong, joining the Golden Triangle then Chiang Khong bordering the Mekong (facing Laos) and finally going to the Phu Chi Fah national park before joining Chiang Rai."
What is the major difference between the first route and the alternative? More/less temple/forest… the alternative is more difficult in terms of communication routes?
Thank you so much!
Hello Romain,
Thank you for the information you were able to provide me. It allowed me to finalize our month-long family trip next July and August.
With the children, I wanted to not move every day but rather to shine around a stage.
Here are the main points:
Bangkok 4 days and 3 nights
Khao Yai Park 3 days and 2 nights
Ayuthaya 2 days and one night
Night train from Bangkok to Chiang Mai
Chiang Mai 7 days and 6 nights
Head to Mae Solong province to spend 4 days and 3 nights at Cave Lodge
Return to Chiang Mai for night train Chiang Mai Bangkok
Then direction Kanchanaburi 5 days 4 nights
Night train to Ko Phangan 6 days 5 nights
What do you think?
Does the number of days at each stage seem consistent with the places to visit?
I tried to make a route that wouldn't make us spend too much time in transport....
A few small questions still remain.
What means of transportation can be taken from Chiang Mai to Mae Solong province. Maybe the bus but the journey time must be quite long?
A taxi or a plane? How much would it cost for 4 people?
I guess you have to go back via Chiang Mai to catch the night train?
For our return, do you know the possible transport options to go from Ko Phangan to Bangkok airport?
Night train in the other direction? Boat or plane? Do you have a rough idea of the fares and duration?
Can we book a night train and/or boat and/or plane from Thailand or is it better to book from France? Which is the most convenient and interesting?
Thank you for any information you can provide me.
Sincerely
Hello,
The number of days per stage is completely in line with the places and your way of traveling, it's good to take a break and allows you to better appreciate a place.
The Cave Lodge is in the province of Mae Hong Son and not Mae Salong. In this case it is located a bit in the middle of nowhere so I am not sure how to get there, a priori you should ask to get off at the crossroads closest to the Cave Lodge (which is 7km from it) and see with them if they can pick you up there, but you should make yourself understood where you want to get off, knowing that if you take a bus to Mae Hong Son, the bus station is more than 70km from the Cave Lodge… The bus journey should be at least 5 hours drive from Chiang Mai to the crossroads near the guesthouse.
A taxi, it might be expensive, in addition to managing to find one, but would be an ideal way since it could take you directly to your destination. You actually have to go back through Chiang Mai, after that if you already take the train on the way there, I would settle for the plane for the return (or vice versa).
From Koh Phangan, there are several options: either return to Surat Thani by boat and from there take a plane, or go to the neighboring island of Koh Samui and take a direct plane (but it will be more expensive). For the train, it is generally easy to buy tickets on site, note that if you travel around August 12, which marks the Queen's birthday, there could be a few people, taking advantage of a long weekend.
For the plane, you can book in advance via the airlines' websites (Air Asia, Nok Air, which are the cheapest, see Lion Air too. The Surat Thani – Bangkok flight takes about 1h30 and the price for this period by taking them now would be less than €20 per person with Air Asia (by trying it out on August 18 for 2 adults, 2 children, that's 2000 bahts or less than €50 for 4!)
Hello Romain,
Great blog: What a great job and what an investment!
I am planning to go away for 2 weeks at the end of August as a couple. The idea would be to spend 3 or 4 days in Bangkok and then go down to Hua Hin to stay there for 2-3 days. Then, I would like to go down to Krabi (by road or rail) but I am struggling to find two (or three) stopping points on this long road (9 hours) between Hua Hin and Krabi town. Do you have any suggestions for places where we could stop for two days to visit something and relax? I am planning to spend something like 5 days at the end of my stay in Krabi which seems to me to be a good starting point for local visits and this Koh Lanta for example. On the last day, I plan to go back up to Bangkok by plane to optimize the time. But I would like to go down to the south by road if possible… I await your suggestions, thank you in advance!
Hello and thank you very much for the compliments!
Good idea to go down south stopping along the way. After Hua Hin I suggest Ban Krut, then Khao Sok National Park.
good evening roman,
Your itineraries have all made me want to go... Unfortunately I am only going to this country for 11 days which seems a bit short for all the riches this country has to offer!
Despite everything, I would like you to guide me to make the most of my time, I am leaving at the end of March, beginning of April with a friend.
We would like to travel with a backpack, avoid the overly touristy areas and be able to visit at least one national park, be able to approach an elephant reserve (respect for the animal is essential), visit temples, perhaps be able to share a moment with a tribe and finish with two days of rest on the islands to do a bit of diving or snorkeling.
While waiting for your response, I am interested in all your “preserved” favorites that you have been able to discover.
good night
jen
if you could protect me
Hello Jennifer,
11 days is indeed very short… For elephants, it depends exactly what you are looking for. You can kill two birds with one stone by going to Khao Yai National Park, where you may possibly come across wild elephants. If the goal, on the other hand, is to be able to interact and touch them, you can go to Kanchanaburi. Given the time you have, unless you take the plane, I advise you to stay close to Bangkok and the Kanchanaburi region allows you to see national parks (Erawan to name just one), there are also some ethnic groups (around Sangkhlaburi in particular) and for elephants, you can go to Ganesha Park which has an excellent reputation and is managed by a Frenchman.
For the islands, if only 2 days I would say Koh Samet, very close to Bangkok.
Hello Romain,
Your blog is truly a goldmine for planning your trip.
We are planning our 15 day trip there and want to see the north and the south.
For the north we have some questions. We want to see temples and are hesitating between Ayuttaya or Sukhothai? Knowing that we want to do Bangkok>Kanchanaburi>Ayutthaya or Sukhothai>Chiang>Krabi and the surrounding islands for the rest of the trip.
Do you think this tour is optimal to avoid wasting too much time in transport? We want to see a little of all the aspects of Thailand and not miss the essentials.
How many days should we plan in Kanchanaburi? (we want to go to the waterfalls, go to the Ganesha elephant park (is it really worth it? is there anything better?), see the famous bridge over the river kwai...).
Thanks for your valuable advice! This is our first unorganized trip and it's a bit of a pressure!
Hello and thanks again for the compliment!
If you go to Kanchanaburi first, I would rather advise you to go to Ayutthaya, it is easier from there than to reach Sukhothai. In addition, you can take the train directly from Ayutthaya to reach Chiang Mai. The circuit itself remains quite "classic" so no particular worries in terms of "loss of time" in transport.
I've only heard good things so I think yes, Ganesha Park is worth it and highly recommend you to experience it! For Kanchanaburi, I would say 3 days seems correct, 1 day for the bridge, the history, 1 day for nature, the waterfalls and 1 day with the elephants.
No need to put pressure on yourself, it's the holidays, relax 😉
Hello Romain,
a big THANK YOU and WELL DONE for your blog so rich in information and advice! 🙂
My friend and I are leaving from 11/25 to 03/XNUMX and I would like to have your opinion on the itinerary we have thought of:
Day 1: Arrive Bangkok early in the morning / Visit Bangkok
Day 2: Departure to Ayutthaya
Day 3: Visit of Ayutthaya
Day 4: Return to Bangkok for Chiang Mai
Day 5: Visit of Chiang Mai
Day 6: Visit of Doi Inthanon
Day 7: Flight south towards Krabi
Day 8: Krabi
Day 9: Krabi – excursion to Koh Phi Phi
Day 10: Koh Lanta
Day 11: Koh Lanta – excursion to Ko Rok Nai
Day 12: Phuket
Day 13: Phuket – excursion to Khao Sok or Ao Phang-Nga >> what do you recommend?
Day 14: return to Bangkok
Day 15: Departure
Do you think it's playable/realistic in terms of time spent on each stage?
We wondered if it wasn't a shame to spend so little time in Bangkok?
We are looking for peace and quiet, have we made the right choice of the different islands?
Thank you in advance for your response and advice 😉
Delphine and Matthieu
Hello and thank you for the compliment!
Your schedule seems pretty well thought out to me so quite feasible even if it's a bit rushed since you're moving every 2 days. For day 4, I imagine you're coming back to Bangkok to take the plane to Chiang Mai? In all that makes almost 2 days in Bangkok, it's certainly not much but enough for a first time, nothing prevents you from coming back to Thailand later 😉 Koh Lanta does indeed have this reputation of a rather quiet island so yes, that should suit you well, on the other hand that's not the case for Phi Phi but since you're going there as part of an excursion it's fine.
For the excursion near Phuket I would rather go to Khao Sok, which is really worth it.
Hello again Romain,
Thank you for your answer 🙂
Regarding day 4 (return from Ayutthaya to Chiang Mai), the initial idea was indeed to return to Bangkok to take a flight to Chiang Mai.
But for a few days now we have been asking ourselves the question of the night train which can also be a nice experience.
We found the site "Thailand Train Ticket" for ticket reservations. Apparently there is the possibility of having the tickets delivered to the hotel in Bangkok.
Do you know it? If so, is it reliable?
We were wondering, if we didn't book in advance, if there would still be room on the night train if we bought the ticket the day before departure from Ayutthaya...
Delphine and Matthieu
Re,
I know this site yes, apparently they are serious. Normally you will no longer be in high season so there should be places if you buy tickets on site.
Hello Romain,
First of all, I wish you a happy new year and thank you for the wealth of information that is your blog.
Next, I would like your advice regarding a trip planned from the end of March to mid-April: 17 days there, excluding travel time. We arrive in Bangkok at 7:00 AM. We would like to spend 3-4 days in Bangkok, then go up to Chiang Mai (is flying the best way?) and stay there for 2-3 days. Is it worth going up to Chiang Rai? Should we take a trip to the elephant parks? Also, is the Tiger Park worth visiting? Afterwards, we would like to have a beach holiday, ideally visiting the Gulf and the Andaman Sea (Koh Samui, Koh Tao, Koh Phangan) and Krabi, Koh Phi Phi, and Koh Lipe. Should we go through Phuket? Is island hopping too complicated? Then we return to Bangkok for a 9:00 AM departure. Could you give me your opinion and advice on this proposed itinerary?
Thank you in advance
Happy New Year to you too!
Going up to Chiang Rai can be worth it if you know where to go. In this case flying to Chiang Mai is a good way to save time, for the experience, people like to take the train (but it's long...)
For elephants I always recommend the Elephant Nature Park, a place where elephants are simply fed, taken care of after a life of hard work in tourist camps… I do not recommend going to see the tigers though. Over 17 days it is too short to visit both the Andaman coast and the Gulf of Thailand, favor one side. Note that Koh Lipe is much further south so takes longer to reach. In either case there is no obligation to go through Phuket, there is also an airport in Krabi. Travel between the islands is not complicated as long as you stay on the main islands (including those mentioned), tourism is well developed there.
Thank you very much, do you know pooh eco trekking in chiang mai? We will then go back down to the Andaman coast to visit Krabi, ko pèe pèe ko ngai. Is ko yao yai worth it?
I know them by name, yes, they have a good reputation. It all depends on what you are looking for, if you like peace and quiet, yes it is worth it!
Hello Romain
I stumbled upon your blog completely by chance, and it's a treat. Thanks for your information and advice!
We are 7 friends who want to go to Thailand this summer! After several weeks of agreeing, we set these dates: last two weeks of July. I read here and there that it is not the best time to go (because of the rain). We would like to do Bangkok (3/4 days) and then go south and the islands (we will reserve the north for a future trip, who knows?!)
we hope not to find too much rain at this time and in the south, what do you think? We will then see what itinerary we will do exactly, following your advice! We are interested in KO TAO (diving enthusiasts…) as well as a place (I don't remember the name) which, we were told, would be quite similar to Halong Bay in Vietnam…
Also, what do you think about renting cars for our trips on the coast, in order to be more independent?
Waiting for your response and your opinion
See you soon
Manon
Hello Manon,
The rainy season in July is not insurmountable, in Bangkok, this generally results in thunderstorms of about 1 hour in the late afternoon/early evening, for the south, the weather will still be good on the Gulf of Thailand side (so towards Koh Tao, that's good 😉), after next year should be similar to this year with the strong presence of El Nino which has slowed down the rains (there were droughts this year!).
The place you are looking for the name of is Phang Nga Bay. However, the weather is likely to be worse on this side.
You're asking someone like me who advocates autonomy 😉 I can only remind you to be very careful, since driving on the left already and then driving in Thailand is not necessarily easy (I'm actually writing an article on this subject!), between the motorbikes that come from everywhere, the animals that can cross, the pedestrians too etc. but otherwise, yes, it's definitely the best for visiting in complete independence, with 7 of you you won't have a choice and will have to rent a large vehicle, to take into account in your budget.
Roman
Hello Romain,
Best wishes for 2016! I look forward to hearing your thoughts.
We are going on an 8 month road trip in OZ and want to stop for 7 days. Planned arrival in BKK on 06/05/16 and departure on 13/05/16.
Reading all the comments, I'm starting to get frustrated that I'm only planning 7 days.
Here is the initial route:
?Day 1: Bangkok
Day 2: BUS to Ayatthaya
Day 3: BUS journey to Kanchanaburi
Day 4: River Kwai Bridge + Erawan National Park
Day 5: Kanchanaburi city tour
Day 6: Nakhon Pathom + BUS journey Bangkok
Day 7: Bangkok
1/ Regarding the cost of travel, what budget should we plan for? Regarding the initial itinerary, will we have time to see everything?
We have the possibility to extend the stay and here are the sites to add to the itinerary: Sukhothai, Chiang Mai elephant nature park and 1 beautiful beach.
2/ How many additional days would be needed?
3/ The journey Ayatthaya -> Sukhokhai, by night bus?
4/ What would the cost be?
5/ What means of transport for Sukhokhai -> Chiang Mai?
6/ And for Chiang Mai -> Bangkok?
7/ Finally, last question =D: regarding the weather, if we extend, don't we risk suffering from the monsoon?
Here, I thank you in advance for the time you will take to inform us.
See you soon!
Davy and Virginie
Hello to both of you!
1/ Plan for a cost between 100 and 400 Bahts, it depends on the means of transport and the distances. As defined, yes, 7 days is enough to see what you have planned.
2/ For Sukhothai, that would be one day to get there plus one day to visit, for Chiang Mai, going for a "minimum" visit, I would say one day already for the trip plus 2 days on site. As for a beautiful beach, given the time to manage, I would say Koh Samet, which is close to Bangkok (well, quite close, about 3 hours drive plus the boat for 40 min), so one day to get there and I would say at least 2 days on site otherwise it's a race, plus one day to come back, so 4 days for the beach. In summary I would say that you have to count roughly 9 days more... it remains possible over an additional week but it will be a bit rushed.
3/ The last bus normally leaves Ayutthaya at 21pm, according to the information found, some leave until 22:30pm, there is also the train which does not arrive at Sukhothai but Phitsanulok, 80km east of the historical park. In both cases, note that the journey lasts between 2 and 5 hours, so you will arrive in the middle of the night…
4/ For the cost, Ayutthaya – Phitsanulok by train therefore, costs 135 bahts in 2nd class, after the journey from Phitsanulok costs 54 bahts max by bus. For the bus journey directly from Ayutthaya, it is necessary to count between 450 and 600 bahts depending on the class of the bus.
5/ Choice of bus or train from Phitsanulok.
6/ To save time, the plane would not be too much, it does not cost that much with low cost companies like Air Asia or Nok Air.
7/ You will already be in the monsoon season… but it’s only the beginning so nothing insurmountable!
Good preparations!
Roman
Thanks Romain. But we had initially planned to do the Andaman coast AND the Gulf of Thailand part to actually see as much as possible.
Is the journey from SURAT THANI to KRABI long? Are there minibuses?
We will still think about your more "reasonable" suggestion.
Thank you
Emilie
Hello Romain,
We are leaving at the end of January with my husband for 15 days in Thailand. I can't wait to discover this country 🙂
Our itinerary is complete but I still have doubts about the 2nd part.
We go all the way north to Chiang Mai and we take an internal flight Chiang Mai / Surat Thani on Tuesday (arrival at 14 p.m. at the airport) to end the stay with a bit of relaxation.
Our return flight to France is Sunday evening in Bangkok.
Do you think we have time to do Ko Samui and Ko Phi Phi? Are there any "evening" trips between Surat Thani and Krabi?
We were thinking about this route:
Tuesday evening – Wednesday day + evening – Thursday day: Ko Samui.
Thursday evening head towards Krabi. Sleep in Krabi.
Friday morning take ferry to Phi Phi. Friday AM + evening Ko Phi Phi
Saturday Ko Phi Phi.
Sunday: return to Krabi for internal flight to Bangkok.
Thank you for your response and for your blog which is a mine of information for us.
Emilie
Hello Emilie and thank you for your comment!
Let's say that as your itinerary is defined it remains feasible, after if the goal of going to the south is still rest and relaxation, it will suddenly be a bit missed since you will move almost every day... I understand the desire to want to see as much as possible but if I have to move, I would be content to go to the neighboring island of Koh Phangan and/or a tour to the Ang Thong marine park rather than wanting to do a tour on the other side. And to return to Bangkok, you can either leave directly from Samui (but more expensive) or from Surat Thani.
Hello! Thank you for this blog full of advice 🙂 But I still need your advice!
With two friends and my boyfriend we plan to go to THAILAND in the first half of MAY. I would like to share with you our itinerary idea so that you can tell me if it is feasible and interesting.
Arrived in BANGKOK
– 3 days in BANGKOK (visit Wat Po, Wat Phka Kaew, Wat Arun, the water market, Wat Mahathat….)
– 1 day in AYUTHAYA (walk in the city…)
– 3/4 days in CHIANG MAI (Visit Wat phra that doi suthep, Doi stuthep pui national park, go hiking…)
– 1/2 day in CHANG RAI (Visit Wat Rong Khum)
– 5/6 days in the South of the country: PHUKET + visit to the islands (Kophiphi, ko lanta….)
– 1 day in BANGKOK + return
For now, this is a first idea of an itinerary to get an overall overview of the country (as you did for your itinerary 3).
I was wondering if the timing was not too tight, if it left enough time to enjoy the visits, walks etc? Also, is CHANG RAI worth the detour? We would like to go there to visit the Wat Rong Khum temple (which looks magnificent), but I wonder if we are not going to waste time with the hours of travel just for a temple. And finally, so many islands in the South, which ones are best?
If you can give us some advice and your opinion on this itinerary idea, if it is worth it, or if you would have improvements to make?
Thank you in advance for your response and I wish you a good evening!
Audrey
Hello Audrey,
Roughly speaking, the itinerary is sound, but you have to factor in travel time, which cuts into the time spent sightseeing at each destination rather than between temples. Also, if you're going to Chiang Rai, there are some nice spots in the mountains west of the city. As for the islands, I'm far from an expert; it depends on your tastes and what you're looking for. Koh Phi Phi, for example, is a party island. Phuket is large, so there's something for everyone. For quieter spots, try Koh Yao Yai or Koh Yao Noi.
Hello Romain,
First of all, I thank you for this blog full of information, and for the time you take to answer each question. As for me, I am a 23-year-old student (and therefore a total novice when it comes to backpacking and roadtrips) leaving on January 27, 2016 for a little 7-month world tour, including a two-month trip in Asia. So I start with Thailand (between 15 and 20 days) and then continue with Burma, Laos, Cambodia, and Bangkok again. I admit to being a little lost because I was originally planning to go down to Ko Tao and Ko Phangan and then go back up to the North and Burma, but after reading a good number of comments on this article I absolutely can't make up my mind! So I would like to have your opinion, and what would you do in my place? Sorry for this vast question…
Thank you in advance for your answer !
Have a good day,
Clémence
Hello Clemence,
Unfortunately, this kind of question is not easy to answer, because this is YOUR trip and not mine, which implies that what I would like to do will not necessarily interest you. If you plan to use the land borders with Burma, be careful because they are subject to closure (they were not long ago) depending on local news between the two countries...
If you start with Koh Phangan, you can then go to Koh Tao and from there, join the continent via Chumphon. Then you can go back up quietly, stopping on the way at Phrachuap Khiri Khan and Ao Manao Bay, go back up to Hua Hin and visit the Sam Roi Yot National Park, then possibly also stop at Phetchaburi and visit the palace and the Khao Luang cave. You can then make a detour to Kanchanaburi if you have time before joining the ancient capital of Ayutthaya then that of Sukhothai before joining the border with Burma at Mae Sot. If you only have 15/20 days, it's a bit tight to visit a bit of the south and a bit of the north (nothing stops you from coming back later 😉
Hope this helps you with your project!
Happy New Year !
Roman
Hello Romain,
Happy New Year to you too! And a big thank you for your quick reply!! I'm bothering you again: I think I'll finally fly to Mandalay for visa and security reasons... In that case, do you think it's feasible to go to Chiang Mai after Sukhothai (maybe by removing some steps)?
Thanks a lot !
Clémence
Hello Clemence,
It all depends on what you want to focus on, visiting Chiang Mai is quite possible after Sukhothai if you skip a destination in the south but you risk flying over the area and maybe being frustrated. Also I'm not sure if there is a plane connection to do Chiang Mai - Mandalay. I would rather focus on the south since it is your first idea and would therefore leave Sukhothai out. Keep the north of Thailand for next time 😉
Roman
Hello Romain,
We are currently in Thailand, Chiang Mai until the 05th.
Two couples, 27 years old, we love dream beaches, snorkeling, nature, heavenly places, discovery, autonomy.
We did bkk 3 days and since 30th in chiang mai.
We want to go south but we don't know where.
Koh Phangan and Koh Tao are great (I already went two years ago) but the weather is unpredictable, so we're hesitating?
Phuket yes or no being in a relationship with Patong etc..?
We were advised to go south towards Phuket for milder weather,
Do you think if we don't book a hotel and we arrive there we will find somewhere to sleep (not a slum)?
We are lost, if you can help us that's cool.
Hello,
I came back yesterday from Koh Phi Phi, lots of people but the weather was great, note that Phuket is a big island and is not limited (fortunately) to Patong... You can also take a trip to Koh Yai Yai or Koh Yao Noi, otherwise go to Khao Lak and visit the Similans Islands park and the one inland of Khao Sok. In terms of hotels it's still possible but obviously limits the choices.
Hello Romain,
Thank you for your blog and your feedback. We are a group of young girls (6) leaving for 2 weeks, we made an itinerary:
Bangkok (2 nights)
kho samui (5nights)
kho phan ghan
Kho Tao (including 1 night)
krabi (4 nights)
khao phin kan
ko lanta
Phuket (4 nights)
phiphi kho
kho lipe
marakot cave
what do you think please? I'm mostly afraid of my flight (Aeroflot transit via Moscow)
Hello and good year !
My personal opinion? Too many islands… I think it’s a shame to only visit that. For example, you could visit the Khao Sok National Park, take a trip to the natural pools of Krabi and the Tiger Cave to admire the view rather than just going from island to island. By the way, given the program, forget Koh Lipe which is much further south of the country and I don’t think you’ll have time to go there (it’s already a bit of a rush there…)
As for the flight, no worries, I took this company last year to return to France and return to Bangkok.
Hello Romain, well done and thank you for the time you spend answering and sharing your knowledge 🙂 we must have asked the question already and I apologize but I couldn't read everything... I would like to know what is the best time to go away for a whole month, knowing that I can have vacations in August, September or October... I know it's not great but we do what we can ^^.
Thanking you
Hello Valentine,
But you're welcome and thanks again for the compliment. It's not great but I would say that the least bad is October since we are coming to the end of the rainy season, so in the center and north there will be less rain, in the south, favor the Gulf of Thailand over the Andaman coast.
Hello,
We want to go to Thailand at the end of 2016, 10 days from mid-November to the end of November, and see both the north and the south. What itinerary would be recommended at this time to see the most things and avoid the rain as much as possible? Thank you! We can't wait, it seems to be sumptuous landscapes.
Hello,
The weather in the north is usually very good in this season, for the south, the Andaman coast is preferable. You still have plenty of time to plan 😉
Thanks Romain for this blog post! We're going to Thailand from March 5th to 20th and the end of our trip will be spent on one or two islands.
But I don't know what to choose between the Andaman coast and the Gulf of Thailand! I'm afraid that on the Andaman coast there's a beginning
Rainy season?
What coast do you recommend at this time of year to be assured of sun?
And which islands are your favorites?
We will depart from Chang Mai.
Thank you so much for your answers
Yours
Thank you Marlyse for your comment! The weather is not really different this season between the Andaman coast and the Gulf… it will be nice and warm, possibly some rain at the end of the afternoon but nothing insurmountable! I would say that I have not yet been to my favorite island… because until now I have mainly been to the most famous ones, my favorites would be quieter and wilder islands, like Koh Yao Yai or Koh Yao Noi (Andaman Sea side). Of those I know, I really appreciate the charm of Koh Phangan (Gulf of Thailand side), otherwise to the east, the island of Koh Mak.
Thank you Romain for your quick response even if I still can't decide 🙁
See you soon!
Splash splash tents 😉 I'm pretty sure you won't be disappointed in any case!
Hello Romain!
Your blog is great and helped me a lot with the organization of my stay.
Route 6 looks pretty good.
How did you travel between the different cities? Bus & plane?
Hello and thank you for your comment! I am not a very good example, because besides having never done this route as such, in addition, on the northern part, I was with my car… For the south, I generally take the plane and travel by scooter on site. But the bus is very good for moving between 2 major cities.
Hello Romain,
Thank you very much for this exceptional blog of great wealth, with such useful information. We feel the passion and it really invites us to travel.
We will be in Thailand as a couple from January 12 to 30, 2016, so I would like to contact you in order to finalize our trip as best as possible and to have your valuable opinions and advice (sorry for the long post!!!)
Our itinerary is as follows (no accommodation reservations made):
D1 Bangkok
D2 Bangkok
D3 Morning Plane transfer Bangkok-Chiang Mai / Afternoon Chiang Mai
D4 Chiang Mai
D5-6-7-8-9 Loop Chiang Mai – Pai – Mae Hong Son – Mae Sariang – Chiang Mai
D10 Morning Transfer plane Chiang Mai-Bangkok-Train Ayutthaya / Afternoon Ayutthaya
D11 Ayutthaya / Evening Train Bangkok
D12 Morning Transfer plane Bangkok-Phuket-Boat Koh Ya Noi / Afternoon Koh Ya Noi
D13 Koh Ya Noi – Koh Yao Yai – Mu Hong Archipelago
D14 Koh Ya Noi
D15 Koh Ya Noi – Afternoon boat transfer Phuket – Plane Bangkok
D16 Morning Transfer Bangkok-Kanchanaburi / Afternoon Kanchanaburi
D17 Kanchanaburi
D18 Kanchanaburi – Afternoon transfer to Bangkok
D19 Bangkok – Evening Transfer Paris
1. Does it seem coherent to you?
With a little regret we are not doing Sukhothai (will be done on a future trip) because we have favored a quick journey time to Chiang Mai, you have to make choices.
2. Regarding the loop around Chiang Mai, we plan to rent a car but I wonder about the difficulty of the route (is it reasonable? see question on a possible alternative below):
– do you have an address to recommend to us for the rental company?
– refueling: no particular problem?
– you say that you should never leave your passport but apparently the rental companies ask for it: what to do?
– are the 5 days planned reasonable, and how should they be divided: 1 day around Pai, 2 days around Mae Hong Son? ……?
– should we go back down to Mae Sariang: what are the places of interest between Mae Hong Son – Mae Sariang – Chiang Mai.
– is the passage via Doi Inthanon essential?
– can we get the loop guide with its points of interest (before purchasing on site from the rental company)
3. What alternatives to the loop do you suggest (other than the one recommended in itinerary 4: Chiang Rai then Mae Salong, join the Golden Triangle then Chiang Khong…)
4. Where to find stepped rice fields
5 Bangkok-Ayutthaya connection: knowing that we will come from Chiang Mai by plane, what is the most direct means of transport between Bangkok DM airport and Ayutthaya: train, bus: place of departure, where can I find the timetables?
6. To go to Koh Ya Noi, do you have to book the boat in advance? Same for accommodation?
7. Any addresses of recommended GuestHouses along our route are welcome (admittedly you have already mentioned some)
8. Knowing that you are a tour guide, what services do you offer? I also read that you know guides in the North region: how can I contact them?
Thank you in advance for your time in providing helpful answers and comments.
Stephane
Hello,
First of all, thank you for your comment!
1. Does it seem coherent to you?
You do indeed have to make choices, you can always come back and visit Sukhothai another time. The route seems coherent to me otherwise, I don't see much to complain about.
2. Regarding the loop around Chiang Mai, we plan to rent a car but I wonder about the difficulty of the route (is it reasonable? see question on a possible alternative below):
– do you have an address to recommend to us for the rental company?
Not particularly. I would tend to only recommend "international" rental companies like Hertz, Avis etc.
– refueling: no particular problem?
Not really, Thailand is well served in terms of station distribution.
– you say that you should never leave your passport but apparently the rental companies ask for it: what to do?
That's the theory, yes. In practice there are 2 choices, either the rental company accepts a photocopy of the passport, or you can provide a deposit in the form of cash.
– are the 5 days planned reasonable, and how should they be divided: 1 day around Pai, 2 days around Mae Hong Son? ……?
This is quite reasonable, usually each day is for transportation and sightseeing between each destination, so at a minimum it takes one day to go from Chiang Mai to Pai, another from Pai to Mae Hong Son, another to Mae Sariang and one to return to Chiang Mai, so if you have an extra day you can take the time to explore one of these destinations a little more, for example do a day trek around Mae Hong Son.
– should we go back down to Mae Sariang: what are the places of interest between Mae Hong Son – Mae Sariang – Chiang Mai.
Mainly nature, waterfalls and ethnic tribe villages, knowing that it is not the region I know the best…
– is the passage via Doi Inthanon essential?
There are great viewpoints, waterfalls, and the highest mountain in Thailand, it seems a bit of a shame to miss it yes.
– can we get the loop guide with its points of interest (before purchasing on site from the rental company)
I don't know which guide you are referring to...
3. What alternatives to the loop do you suggest (other than the one recommended in itinerary 4: Chiang Rai then Mae Salong, join the Golden Triangle then Chiang Khong…)
It all depends on your specific desires… It doesn’t have to be a “loop”, but you can also go to the Chiang Dao region, visit the Buathong Falls, the Chiang Dao cave and the national park, then go up to the Fang region, see the hot springs and go up to see the agricultural plantations of Doi Ang Kham. On the other side, there is the mountainous region bordering Laos which also has its charm between Doi Phu Chi Fah and Doi Pha Tang… There are so many possibilities.
4. Where to find stepped rice fields
There are some at the foot of Doi Inthanon but it is not the season in January…
5 Bangkok-Ayutthaya connection: knowing that we will come from Chiang Mai by plane, what is the most direct means of transport between Bangkok DM airport and Ayutthaya: train, bus: place of departure, where can I find the timetables?
It should be possible to rent a taxi for the day from Don Muang airport, it is also possible I think to find vans going there, to see at the ticket offices on site. Otherwise, there is indeed the train that passes in front of the airport. You will find the timetables here
6. To get to Koh Yao Noi, do you have to book the boat in advance? Same for accommodation?
You will probably have the possibility to book through an agency in Bangkok, this seems to me possibly preferable because it is the high season and these islands are less well served than the more touristy ones that there are in this part of Thailand.
7. Any addresses of recommended GuestHouses along our route are welcome (admittedly you have already mentioned some)
I recently stayed at the Baanpordee GH which has its charm and is super well placed in Chiang Mai, I have never stayed in Ayutthaya or in the islands mentioned outside of Phuket. In Kanchanaburi, I had enjoyed my stay at the Sabai@Kan, after that, not knowing your budget or your tastes, what suits me will not necessarily suit you…
8. I also read that you know guides in the North region: how can I contact them?
I don't remember mentioning a guide in the north... what article was that? If not, I just sent you an email 😉
Hello Romain,
Thanks for your feedback.
Point 2: Regarding "the loop guide with its points of interest", I was referring to the road map "MAE HONG SON the loop" but I don't know how to get it in advance.
Point 8: Maybe I was wrong.
Cdlt
Stephane
Cdlt
Stephane
Hello,
I don't think the guide in question is essential, I haven't talked about it here yet, but some blogs relate what's on the road.
Hello,
a bit of a backpacker and Buddhist philosophy, and living in Morocco we are leaving for a three-week stay, honeymoon, I am 62 years old! I have been to the north twice in the past years and so I am leaving with my wife for whom this is the first big trip. Here is my itinerary: arrival in Bangkok on the evening of December 24, on the 27th, 28th, 29th, Kanchanabury on the 30th, 31st and 1st, Hua Hin on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, Bang Saphan on the 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, Ko Tao and return to Bangkok on the evening of the 10th for a departure to Morocco on the evening of the 11th. I wanted to balance visits to temples, parks and others with the beach for my wife who is Muslim. On the other hand, how can we return to Bangkok on the 13th from Ko Tao, what is the most suitable means of transport and should I book now.
Thank you in any case for all this information and for the kindness of your answers, sometimes with a repositioning if necessary!
cdt jean jacques
Hello Jean Jacques,
From Koh Tao, the easiest way is to take a ferry (catamaran from Lomphraya) and return to Chumphon, and from there take a night bus to Bangkok.
Hello Romain,
Thanks for your blog and all its very useful data!
I'm going to Thailand with friends for 2 weeks for Christmas/New Years.
We arrive in BKK where we will spend 2 days.
We spend our last 4 days in Ko Tao with a detour to Ko Phanghan for New Years.
We have a 7 day gap and we have several options.
Could you tell us which one seems most feasible to you in terms of travel time and interest?
And for each option what could we see in 7 days?
Finally, is it possible to stay overnight in one place to move or is it better to make several stops?
– Option 1: Go to the Andaman coast
– Option 2: Go north Chiang Mai/Chiang Rai
Thank you very much for your answers and help.
Camille
Hello Camille,
7 days in the north is doable, but if you also mention the Andaman coast, you first have to decide if you want to do just the beach or see something else. During that week, I would take the time to go down south, making a detour to Kanchanaburi, and maybe a visit to Ayutthaya if it's not planned yet.
It depends where you base yourself but generally it is better to make stops as you go.
Have a good stay !
Hello and thank you for the goldmine of information that is this blog.
Also leaving to explore the land of smiles in 3 short weeks, I will tend to wander almost every day, leaving the guest houses in the morning to visit the city where I am and then take transport in the evening: A very simple question (and a little naive I grant you...), what can I do with my big backpack during visits, walks and swimming knowing that I will have left the guest house the day before 3 times out of 4? Are there any lockers, or for a fee can you leave your bag at reception in complete safety? Thanks in advance and see you soon maybe.
Hello and thank you for the compliment, always a pleasure!
Without talking about finances, it is generally always possible to leave your bag at the hotel where you have just spent the night, do not leave anything valuable in it as a precaution and you will be able to leave for the day with peace of mind!
Hello Romain,
Thanks Romain for your website, which is truly fantastic and even convinced me (when I stumbled upon the national parks page) to buy the Paris-Bangkok plane ticket! So, we're going as a family for a month this summer (July 20th to August 20th). Now, everything else needs to be organized! We don't know Thailand at all; it's our first time! We were thinking of organizing our trip to get a taste of both the South and the North.
From an organizational standpoint, and to avoid over-tiring the children, we were planning to stay an average of four or five days in each accommodation in order to relax a little.
We wanted to know if you had any towns/villages to recommend for accommodation in the North from which we could explore and get a good overview of the region (three different accommodations seems like a good start).
On the other hand, we are nature lovers and we would have liked to visit parks (maybe two or more? ... Which one would you recommend and which can be nice with children (animals, swimming, hiking ...). Can we go hiking alone or do we have to be accompanied? If we decide to go on a hike / trekking with someone for a day or two or three days can we book in advance or do we book on site. What is the price? Do we also have to book accommodation in advance or can we go without having booked? I think that the accommodation offered in the parks is mainly in tents? If you have any links to send me ....
For the south we want natural, wild islands without parties!! (we are real bears!!) with pretty beaches and beautiful underwater worlds (and very demanding too!!) (I was thinking of doing one or two islands) Which island(s) would you recommend to us?
Finally, should we rent a car or can we travel around the country using the country's means of transport? I don't know which is better...
Thank you in advance for any valuable information you can give us.
Have a good day
Stephanie
Hello Stephanie,
For the north you can stay in the most "classic", Chiang Mai, Chiang Rai to start, possibly Mae Salong. An easy to access park and great for swimming with children is Erawan in Kanchanaburi. For hiking, for most parks, it is better to be accompanied but without going through an agency it is not possible because generally the rangers only speak Thais ... so it is better to book. You can try to go to Cave Lodge in the Mae Hong Son region which is a little off the tourist trail.
For the islands, you could try Koh Lanta, taking a trip to Koh Jum for example and another small island like Koh Kradan.
Thailand is very well served by public transport, after, once there and to gravitate around your city of rest, you could possibly rent a car (be careful of driving on the left!).
Before I even asked you anything, you've already spoiled me. Do you think size 6 is a good choice for a month, alone, from mid-January to mid-February?
Thanks for your message, alone or not, no reason why it wouldn't be suitable 😉
Hello Romain, I wanted to know if there were things that we couldn't bring back to France?
I was hoping to bring back spices, beautiful fabrics, I wouldn't want to have all that "taken away" at customs.
Thanks in advance for the info
To my knowledge, apart from things that would also be illegal in France, there is no need to worry about bringing back souvenirs like those mentioned.
Hello Romain,
I am finalizing a trip with my friend. We are going to Thailand for 15 days. We plan to go down to Krabi (flight from Chaing Mai to Krabi), but we are very hesitant about where to stay, Krabi? Ao Nang? Railay? Koh Phi Phi or another island knowing that after that we are going to Koh Samui.
Thank you in advance.
Coraline
Hello Romain,
First of all, thank you for your blog, it helped me a lot to organize our future trip, for my partner and myself.
On this subject I would have liked to have your opinion on my 15-day circuit, which will take place from 24/11 to 08/12.
– D1: Arrival in Bangkok in the morning, transfer to the city center to catch the night train to Chiang Mai
– D2: Chiang Mai, visit + Loy Krathong party (25/11)
– D3 to 5: 3-day trek in the north of Chiang Mai
– Day 6: Following Chiang Mai + Sunday Night Market
– D7: Departure for the south by plane, Arrival early in the morning in Phuket and transfer to the island of Koh Yao Yai. Visit of the island
– D8-9: Visit the surrounding islands and the bay (PhiPhi, Krabi, Phang nga…). Nothing is really decided yet. Do you have any advice or ideas?
– D10: Return to Phuket, late evening flight to Bangkok. Arrival in Bangkok and transfer to Ayutthaya (taxi)
– D11: Visit of Ayutthaya. At the end of the afternoon transfer to Kanchanaburi (mini van or taxi).
– D12: Visit to the Erawan Shrine, and Kanchanaburi (including the bridge over the River Kwai) + Kwai Bridge Festival
– D13: Visit the temples around Kanchanaburi (Wat Ban Tham, Wat Tham Khao Noi…). At the end of the afternoon transfer to Bangkok (by bus)
– D14: Visit of Bangkok
– D15: Departure in the morning for France.
It's clear that we spend a lot of time in transport, but that was intentional because we want to try to see a lot of things while trying not to do too much.
By the way, to reduce, we only spend a day and a half in Bangkok because we really wanted to favor the rest of Thailand. If we like all this, we may come back later to visit this city in more depth (and stay there several days).
Thank you in advance for your valuable help!
Hello Ronan,
Sorry for the abnormally long response time, it's the high tourist season and I'm pretty busy, besides having been in the north for 15 days 😉
As I answer you, I see that you are starting your stay... Happy Loy Krathong in Chiang Mai!
There is certainly a lot of transport but the stay is coherent and I don't see much to complain about, all in all, have a good stay!
Good evening Romain,
I'm contacting you because I need some advice. I'm going to Thailand for three weeks in January. My itinerary is: Ayutthaya, Chiang Mai, Bangkok, Koh Phi Phi, Koh Lanta, Koh Samui, Koh Phangan, Koh Tao. I'm having a little trouble with the Koh Lanta/Koh Samui route. I can't find a way to travel that would take me a full day at most. I did find one operator (Seatran Discovery), but I don't know if they include the bus journey. I can't find any information. Can you help me?
Thank you in advance.
Emilie
Hello Emilie,
You just have to go back to Krabi, and from there you will find buses to Donsak and there, the ferry to Samui. The company Lompraya makes the trip from Krabi for example.
Hello Roman,
I see that your site is still very popular and that your advice helps many people have a successful vacation.
I contacted you a few months ago to prepare our December trip. By analyzing all your advice as best I could, I have made good progress but I am stuck on certain details.
First, the route we are considering (what do you think) would be the following:
19,20,21 visit to Bangkok and the Taling Chan market (we booked at the Chern Hotel near Chinatown). Is it possible to find a guide for Sunday and Monday or is it easy to do it alone?
22, 23, 24. Departure for Kanchanaburi, day with elephants either at Elephant World or Elephant Nature Park (do you know them? Which would be better?), Erawan Falls and train to Namtok, return to Bangkok and night bus to Chiang Rai… (This is my first problem because there doesn't seem to be a train to Chiang Rai and I checked the schedules online but everything seems fully booked on the booking site???? Can you give me your opinion!!
25,26,27,28 visit to Chiang Rai, rent a car to do the circuit that you recommended (Dol Tung, Golden Triangle) while sleeping in ghesthouses.
29, 30, 31, 1, 2: Transfer by train to Chiang Mai, search for a hotel where we can leave our bags, and rental of motorbikes from MrMechanic for the Pai, Mae Hong Son, Mae Sariang, and Doi Inthanon circuit. Return to Chiang Mai and either take an overnight train back to Bangkok or spend the night in Chiang Mai and fly domestically from Chiang Mai to Bangkok, returning to France on the evening of the 3rd.
Here is our project, what do you think?
My questions are mainly about transport for 4 or 5 people, should I book or do you think I would find it without any problem when I arrive?
For accommodation during the tours, I think I won't have any problems finding it, but in Kanchanaburi, Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai? Is it better to book?
thanks in advance
Pascal
Hello Pascal,
– I know the hotel for Bangkok, my sister stayed there, it looks good 😉 As for a guide, absolutely everything is possible by yourself, but if you need, I would normally be available (I'll send an email right away!)
– I know Elephant Nature Park for having been to the one in Chiang Mai. It's a safe bet, there is also Ganesha Park, more intimate and managed by a French speaker. There is actually no train going to Chiang Rai. If your idea is to "experience" the train, you will first have to go up to Chiang Rai and then continue by bus to Chiang Rai.
– Doi Tung and Mae Salong, yes, good plan 😉
– No train so bus transfer. Theoretically, any hotel, I would say 2 or 3 stars for sure, will allow you and keep your bags during your motorcycle trip.
The program is not bad in any case, you should have a blast with everything you will discover! Since it will be during the very high season (near and during the new year in addition), booking may be preferable to avoid having to ask 2,3, 4, XNUMX hotels and going around in circles a bit before being able to settle down, even if, in absolute terms, it will normally always be possible to find something. For transport, it is not necessarily easy to book in advance for the uninitiated, there is this site for example (only in English): , for the train this one, French for the time being but never tested and they obviously take a com', http://trainthailande.com/, otherwise it is to be reserved on site at the station…
Good evening Romain, I am asking you again about money, do you think it is better to change money at the airport when arriving in Phuket or in town? How can you best organize yourself to manage the exchange?
Let's say that you will definitely need some cash when you arrive, so change a little at the airport. Then I advise you to change at the agency " superrich", they have the best rate.
Thank you very much for the advice, I admit that the route was hard to choose but in the end it seems to be okay.
Thank you very much again
Hello Romain, I had already contacted you a few weeks ago about a trip in December.
I have refined my route and I would like to have your opinion.
3/12 arrival phuket airport, departure to Khao Lak
4,5,6/12 Khao Lak visit, beach, day in the Similan Islands, snorkeling
7,8/12 Chumphon what activities can we do there???
9,10,11/12 Hua Hin, cycling tour, relaxation, fishing with the locals ??
12,13,14/12 Kanchanaburi, bridge over the River Kwai, military cemetery, bike route, canoeing?
15,16,17,18,19, / 12 Bangkok, temple visit, Chatuchak market, cooking class
20/12 Return flight
What do you think of this circuit?
What scares us the most is the transportation between the different stages? Do you think that the guesthouses or hotels will be able to "help" us with transportation (departure time of bus, train, or getting there)?
Should we book accommodation now?
With almost a month to go before departure, the questions are coming thick and fast. Sorry for the interrogation 🙂
Thanks in advance for your answers. And thanks again for all the info on your blog!
Hello Marjorie,
Overall, not much to complain about, the program is on track in terms of duration and destinations. Don't worry about transport, Thailand is very well served in terms of public transport, the guesthouses will generally be quite able to help you.
You will be in Thailand in high season, normally you will always find somewhere to stay, but the choices will be more limited depending on the places. For quite touristy places like Khao Lak, Hua Hin, possibly Kanchanaburi, you can book in advance.
Concerning Chumphon, I don't know this specific area very well, apart from the fishing villages, the deserted beaches and the small Mu Ko national park, I don't really know what to do there. On the other hand, going up, 70 km north of Chumphon, you have the village of Pathio, with a beautiful view of the bay from the temple of Kaeo Prasert and about twenty kilometers further north, you have the beach of Ban Krut and the temple of Phra Mahathat Chedi Phakdi Prakat perched on a hill overlooking the coconut forest and the sea.
Thank you for your reply and suggestions 🙂
could you tell me how widespread is this smoke cloud? is only southern thailand affected?
Do you feel it in Bangkok?
please
Don't worry, it doesn't go back that far, apparently from Phuket the sky is back to normal, only the south south is affected.
Hello Romain,
First of all, thank you for all these great articles that really make you want to travel.
As I see that you have very good advice, I would like to have your opinion and ideas for my 17-day trip to Thailand from October 29 to November 16.
We are going there with my girlfriend for the first time.
Basically, I would like to base myself on your 30-day program for destinations.
Does this seem possible to you?
Day 1: Arrive in Bangkok
Day 2: Bangkok
Day 3: Sukhothai or Ayutthaya (what do you recommend?)
Day 4: Head to Chiang Mai.
Day 5: Chiang Mai
Day 6: Chiang Mai
Day 7: Visit to the surroundings of Chiang Mai (eg Doi Inthanon)
Day 8: Head to Hat Yai.
Day 9: Koh Tarutao.
Day 10: Adang Archipelago (Koh Lipe / Koh Adang / Koh Rawi)
Day 11: Adang Archipelago (Koh Lipe / Koh Adang / Koh Rawi)
Day 12: Koh Lanta.
Day 13: Koh Lanta.
Day 14: ???
Day 15: ???
Day 16: ???
Day 17: Bangkok for shopping
Does it hold up in your opinion? Ayutthaya or Sukhothai?
As you can see I have doubts about the end of my journey 🙂
I don't know if I have time to continue north and then return to Bangkok from Krabi or if I should stay around Koh Lanta instead.
My journey is in your hands 😉
Thank you in advance and continue to make us dream!
Hello Rémi,
As for choosing between Sukhothai and Ayutthaya, I have to admit that you are asking me a bit of a tricky question... each historical park has its own style, I know generally that people tend to prefer Sukhothai so I will suggest that to you.
In the southern part, unfortunately, it is not the best time to go there (in fact the worst, especially since they are affected by the cloud of smoke coming from Indonesia. Prefer the islands to the east of Bangkok, towards Koh Chang, Koh Mak or Koh Kood, off the coast of Trat.
Have a nice stay (you're almost there already!)
Thank you very much for the (very) quick response!
I hadn't seen this problem with the smoke cloud... what a bummer.
On the other hand, people on the Routard forum don't seem to be complaining (we'll keep our fingers crossed)
Regarding the rains in mid-November, I understood that the Andaman coast was safer than the Gulf in general, right?
Anyway we haven't booked anything yet so we have until Chiang Mai (November 10th) to decide depending on the rain/smoke,
Hello,
Thank you for your blog and the wealth of information you provide!
we are planning to travel to Thailand from November 16th to December 5th. it is a last minute trip, we just decided this today :) Needless to say, your site is more than useful to us! thank you!
We'd love to go on a backpacking adventure. We're nature lovers and would especially like to see beautiful scenery, and maybe do a short trek (not too long due to a knee problem). What itinerary would you recommend, also taking the weather into account? (Visiting Buddhist sites, temples, etc., doesn't really interest us.) Which of the six itineraries suggested above would best suit us (or rather, which combination of itineraries, given that we're going for 19 days)?
Our budget would be 1500 euros per person, including travel (the ticket is 550 euros per person), does that seem reasonable to you?
Thanks for your advice 🙂
see you soon
Pierre
So much praise, thank you!
I admit that I hesitated when I read this "Visiting Buddhist places, temples etc. does not really interest us", because if history, monuments and local religion do not really interest you, perhaps Thailand was not the ideal choice, I am thinking for example of Indonesia, which, with its volcanoes and its equally welcoming population, would perhaps seem more suitable for you.
That said, knowing that you have 19 days, you can go on a north/south mix, with a visit to Chiang Mai and its surroundings (Doi Inthanon, Pai, Mae Hong Son), go up to Chiang Rai and the golden triangle (Doi Tung, Mae Salong).
If you are nature, try the adventure to the Ti Lo Su falls towards Tak by going back down towards the center, make sure to be there during Loy Krathong, the festival of lights, this one is famous in Tak. You can then go to Kanchanaburi and push to Sangkhlaburi. For the islands, Koh Mak and Koh Kood should suit you, before joining them, you can go through the Khao Yai national park.
Hope this helps you a bit!
Hello Romain,
We are planning a relaxing stay in Thailand between December 26th and January 4th.
That gives us 7 short days on site, and we would especially like to enjoy the most beautiful beaches and hotels, go snorkeling and discover the local gastronomy.
What do you advise us?
Thank you very much for your lovely blog!
Lili
Hello,
Given the very short time, I would suggest a day or two visit to Bangkok, possibly a day visit to Ayutthaya, a two-day trip to Khao Yai National Park and the rest on an island in the region, either Koh Samet, to stay fairly close to Bangkok, or a little further towards Koh Chang/Koh Mak/Koh Kood.
Thanks for the compliment !
A big thank you!!!
Hello
First of all, thank you very much for your great site!! I need some advice please!!
we are leaving (2 adults +2 children aged 6 and 11) for 3 weeks at the end of January / beginning of February in Thailand.
We booked 5 nights in Chiang Mai, but I'm wondering if I shouldn't have booked fewer nights and gone further north for one or two nights…? If so, where? Far from Chiang Mai? We also want to see the elephants in Chiang Mai, but we'd prefer a "care park" where we don't ride the elephants… (yes, we're picky!)
We're then heading back down to Bangkok where we plan to rent a car for a short 10-night road trip from Bangkok to Koh Kood. I'm having trouble figuring out the best order for these destinations: 3 nights on Koh Kood, 3 on Koh Chanh, and 2 nights on Koh Samet (is this island really nice?). We'd like to be able to spend two nights along the way, but we don't know which places are nice between these destinations. Thanks for taking the time to read this; I hope you can help me. See you soon!
Hello and thank you for your comment!
5 nights in Chiang Mai itself may indeed be a bit too much, you could for example stay there 3 nights then go up to Chiang Rai and spend 2 nights there.
For elephants, I always recommend the Elephant Nature Park, which is precisely a "care park", this is in no way to be seen as a requirement but on the contrary a wise decision!
You give the answer yourself 😉 Koh Kood being the furthest island, start with this one, then go to Koh Chang. Finally finish with Koh Samet, the closest to Bangkok, on the way back. It's been a long time since I went there but it remains a pleasant destination.
The trip from Bangkok to Trat can normally be done in one day, however, if you want to stop on the way, I recommend at least the Chanthaburi region, which has its charm, possibly Rayong. Otherwise a visit to the surroundings of Trat before taking the boat to Koh Kood is a possibility.
Hope this helps!
Hello Romain,
Thank you for your blog and your answers which help me plan my trip.
We are leaving with our 3 children (3, 7 and 9 years old) for 16 days during the Christmas / New Year period.
– I was thinking of starting with Bangkok and spending 4-5 days there because it seems that it is great and there are lots of things to do but I have the impression from reading you that it is not better to spend that much time there and especially it is better to put it at the end of the stay?
– I went to Ayutthaya, Sukhotai, Riviere Kwai 15 years ago (when I was young) but it didn’t leave me with an extraordinary memory. So I thought I’d skip it and go straight to Chang Mai (with small children I want to limit the steps). Do you recommend the night train or the plane? The problem with the plane is that with 5 it quickly becomes quite expensive. How long can we stay in Chang Mai with interesting activities for children?
After Chiang Mai I was thinking of going to Koh Samui (I had already been to Koh Phi Phi). Is there another island that you recommend? Is it just a lazy beach or are there things to do without getting bored? (Based on that I will evaluate the time to stay there) If it is Koh Samui I can take the plane from Chiang Mai to Koh Samui.
– Then return to Bangkok. Is the plane also better or is it easy to return by boat etc…?
Thank you for your valuable help!
Hello Maya,
– Concerning Bangkok, it is generally better to spend time there towards the end of the stay only from a shopping and souvenir buying point of view, so as not to have to lug everything around during the rest of the trip 😉 For this reason, you can split the difference and do 2 days first upon arrival, just to recover from the jet lag and take your first steps in the country.
– If you want a unique experience, then the train is the answer to your question, the last part of the journey is apparently sublime (I have never been there by train), if you want the fastest, obviously the plane. I am not sure about possible activities for children (I admit to having some gaps on this subject, not having children myself), but generally speaking, 2, 3 days are a minimum for Chiang Mai.
– The island is big, there is still plenty to explore, temples, waterfalls, mini golf, beaches, there is not necessarily only idleness to do there.
– The plane is a bit expensive, especially since the airport is private and only the national company and its subsidiary can land there… For the boat, you have to go through Surat Thani, from there, you can either return by plane via a low cost company like Air Asia, or take the bus, or even the train.
Hello Romain,
Need advice for the South of Thailand. After visiting the North, we go down to the South with an arrival on 8/11 in the evening in Krabi. So we think we will do 3 nights in Krabi, 2 nights in Koh Lanta, 2 nights in Koh Phi-Phi and finally 3 nights in Phuket (18/11 in the evening flight to the casa). What do you think, you who know the islands? Too many nights on one or the other or not enough? Maybe you could recommend another nearby island?
Thanks for your help!!!
Laurence
Hello,
As such, the number of nights is consistent. For the choice of islands, your selection is already quite varied, I think it will already be a good discovery!
Hello Romain,
Your blog is very interesting. For New Year, are there any better places than others in Thailand?
thank you in advance
Hello and thank you !
Chiang Mai is usually a good place for New Year, there is usually a lantern release and the atmosphere is special.
Hello,
Your blog is a mine of very useful information regarding the preparation of a trip and the discovery of a country. I am currently in the middle of preparing the itinerary of my trip with my mother and I admit to having made a mix with several suggestions. I have not quite finished in detail but can you give me your opinion please?
• Day 25/11: Arrived in Bangkok go to Ayutthaya by train
SLEEPING IN AYUTTHAYA
• Day 26-11: Visit Ayutthaya (temple): the ancient capital of the kingdom of Siam can be visited in one day, ideally by bike
SLEEPING IN KANCHANABURI
• Day 27-11: Kanchanaburi, not counting the bridge over the River Kwai (river what??) you can spend a good day at Erawan National Park (1 hour to go to the falls)
Leave at 7am to enjoy the falls + swimming
From Kanchanaburi bus station to go to the bridge: take a sangteo (100 baht), a tuk tuk, a motorbike taxi
• Day 28-11: Departure for Sukhothai, first capital of the kingdom of Siam.
Take the bus Kanchanaburi to Suphan Buri then to Sukhothai
• Day 29-11: Visit of Sukhothai. (by bike)
SLEEPING IN SUKHOTHAI
• Day 30-11: Heading to Chiang Mai. From downtown Sukho, take a tuk-tuk which – for 30 baht – will take you to the bus station outside the city. Ask your guesthouse to call the tuk-tuk driver herself and explain the process. "Gate" #18, bus #155. Fare to Chiang Mai: 220 baht. Seats are unnumbered, so get on the bus as quickly as possible. We took the 8:00 AM departure. (Note: this is the one marked 8:30 AM on the ticket window. But when it's full, it leaves!) We arrived in Chiang Mai at 2:00 PM.
• Day 01-12: Visit of Chiang Mai (Temple in Chiang Mai – Wat Chedi Luang)
Elephant camp, climb the mountain to discover the temple of Doi Suthep, Sunday Market + visit the city.
• Day 02-12: Visit to the surroundings of Chiang Mai (eg Doi Inthanon)
• Day 03-12: Direction Pai (very early by scooter)
• Day 04-12: Visit of Pai and the surroundings: Pai Canyon, Muang Pang Springs, Nature around Pai,
• Day 05-12: Return from Pai (4h) (towards Chiang Mai) + Flight to the South, you have to make a choice, either Andaman coast or Gulf of Thailand
• Day 06-12: Phuket for the Andaman side (relaxation)
• Day 07-12: Excursion Koh Phi Phi / Ang Thong National Park.
• Day 08-12: Phuket for the Andaman side (rafting)
• Day 09-12: Phuket for the Andaman side
• Day 10-12: Return to Bangkok
• Day 11-12: Visit of Bangkok
• Day 12-12: Visit Bangkok and shopping!
• Day 13 – 12: Departure for France!!
Sincerely,
Hello,
Here is a nice program. The only downside at the beginning is that since you plan to go back up to Sukhothai, it is rather incoherent to go first to Ayutthaya and then head towards Kanchanaburi in the west before going back up to Sukhothai.
I would go to Kanchanaburi first, then Ayutthaya and from there; continue to Sukhothai. Otherwise not much to complain about. Given the season, you will have good weather for sure towards the Andaman coast.
Have a good stay !
Hello Romain, your blog is really nice with lots of information! I'm leaving with my boyfriend from December 2nd to 20th for our first big trip outside Europe, we booked a multi-destination ticket with an arrival on the 2nd in Phuket and a departure on the 20th from Bangkok. We thought it would be nice to do a "road trip" from Phuket to Bangkok in 20 days. Which cities could you recommend for breaks, knowing that we would like to spend some time in Phuket and the surrounding area and end with a few days in Bangkok, but between... good question? And then with the luggage not easy either... Too many questions jostling around
Hello Marjorie and thank you for the compliment!
Among the possible stops, I would say a stop at Khao Sok National Park, then going back up towards Ranong, a tour towards Koh Phayam and/or Koh Chang (Noi), then continue to Chumphon, from there there is the area of Bang Saphan which is nice, with the temple on the hill of Keao Prasert, a few kilometers higher, you have for example the cave of Wat Khao Tham Ma Rong.
Still higher, I recommend a stop at the Ao Manao military base (yes yes it is possible!) in Prachuap Khiri Jhan, I have an excellent memory of it with the breathtaking view from the hill in the base. Finally continue to Hua Hin, stopping if possible before at the Sam Roi Yod national park.
Other possible stops, Phetchaburi, with a detour to Kaeng Krachan National Park, or otherwise the Khao Luang caves. Given your dates, you should be back around the 18th in Bangkok, just to give you time to visit the capital.
As for luggage, it depends on how you plan to proceed... the best is the car, the alternative, a motorbike each (feasible if you can each drive a bike, it will be more comfortable with regard to luggage). Otherwise there is always local transport, bus, pickup (songtaew). Possibly from a drop-off point, you can do visits during the day, by motorbike for 2 without luggage that you leave at the hotel, and the next day or depending, you travel by public transport to the next stop, it is the best compromise.
Hello, we are leaving from November 15th to 30th. It's our first time.
Is Bangkok doable in 2 or 3 days to see the main places?
we would like to do the north in 2 or 3 days, is it better to do the Chiang Mai area or the Ayutthaya area?
At the end of November, are we still in the monsoon period? The Andaman side is recommended... but given that we plan to go to the Full Moon on the 25th, to avoid traveling from the West/East coast and losing time traveling, we would like to settle down (relax) before on an island (Koh Tao?) on the Gulf of Thailand side. But does the monsoon represent rain all day or rain for a short time/end of the day but being able to enjoy the sun during the day?
Thanking you in advance for your advice.
Hi Lisa,
Yes, 2/3 days are enough to see the essentials of Bangkok. When we refer to the north, we generally mean the area around Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai, meaning the mountainous areas, suitable for treks and meetings with tribes etc. Ayutthaya is not part of the north but of the central plain (it is only less than 80 km from Bangkok).
Apart from visiting the historical park, there are mainly rice fields in the surrounding area. If you only have 2/3 days and are looking for some nature and jungle, you can either go to Kanchanaburi or to Khao Yai Park, both less than 2 hours drive from Bangkok.
November is the worst month to go to Koh Tao (and therefore to Koh Phangan since it is the same area). It will not necessarily rain all day but you will see little sun, not to mention the poor visibility for diving and/or snorkeling. So you have to choose your priorities, Full Moon or lazing around...
Hello Romain,
Having been literally seduced by Thailand during my first stay (1 weeks backpacking at the end of 3), I would like to take my father, who is quite the backpacker, there for a 2012 to 2 week trip in November.
What do you recommend? We didn't have time to visit Chiang Mai or Chiang Rai, is it really nice to visit?
We had done Ayutthaya, Sukkotai, Kanchanaburi, before going further south (Phi Phi, Tao, Lanta, Phan Ghan) to explore the islands a little.
Thanks for your feedback, and hats off to this blog, a real goldmine!
Hello Christelle and thank you!
The north is definitely a must, it's not for nothing that many go there! I advise you to do the loop passing through Pai, Mae Hong Son and Mae Sariang on the way back to Doi Inthanon National Park. Otherwise further north is the Mae Salong region which is really superb.
For the islands, I see that you have already visited several places, so you can go to the one near the border with Cambodia, Koh Mak, Koh Kood or even Koh Chang (more touristy).
Hello and thank you for this information 🙂
I am leaving from October 20 to November 1, 2015, I want to do Bangkok, Ayutthaya then one or two islands.
By dint of looking at the guides, I'm getting a bit lost in terms of climate and monsoon! At this time (difficult to predict the weather I know) do you recommend the area?
1) Phuket ko phi phi…
2) rather Ko Samui, Pha Ngan…
3) or Ko Samet, Ko chang…
4) Or another island or destination with nice beaches….
Thank you in advance
Alex
Hello,
At this time it is better to go to the Andaman coast (so Phuket, Krabi, Phi Phi). You can also go further down to the Tarutao archipelago (but given the length of your stay, I would go for the easiest, Phuket or Krabi since there is an airport nearby)
Good evening, sorry, there was indeed a part missing 😉
I changed our circuit a little if anyone has any suggestions we would be happy to hear them.
? Bangkok (arrival November 13): go to Hua-Lamphong station train to Aranyaprathet (49Bath and 6h30-7h train). Then in Poipet, take a taxi to Sieam Reap (2h30 and $20/pers)
? Angkor Wat Siem Reap Province, Cambodia (November 14 to November 19): temple tour (tuk tuk, bike or elephant?)
? Chiang Mai Chiang Mai Province Thailand (November 20-25): Patara Elephant Farm and cooking class, Yee Peng festival
? Koh lack ? Phuket ? (from December 25th to 1st) To spend a week in the sun without too many tourists and without being completely cut off from the world. Dream hotel not too expensive and easy to access to get to the Similan Islands.
? Similan Islands: 3-day diving cruise Similan Islands, Richelieu Rock (if budget)
? Kanchanaburi, visit Erawan Park (if we have time and budget)
? Bangkok Thailand tour
? Bangkok (departure on December 8)
Does this seem feasible to you? In terms of time and budget? (< 800€)
Should I remove destinations or add must-sees?
Excellent evening, thanks again ^_^
Hello,
For the temples of Angkor, the bicycle can be a cheap option but clearly requires more energy and time to visit properly. Knowing that the package to visit the sites is 3 days (it can be used over a period of 7 days), possibly plan a day to go see the surroundings, in particular a floating village on the Tonle Sap lake (by the main one, see info here)
If the goal is to go to the Similan Islands, then yes, Khao Lak is a good choice.
If I count correctly, your stay is 25 days, so the itinerary seems rather coherent and feasible to me. On the other hand, in terms of budget, is €800 the budget for one person or for the 2 of you? If per person, then yes, it is feasible but you will have to be a minimum rigorous, the south being much more expensive than the north of Thailand.
Thanks for your quick reply 😀
That's what I thought, too many places to visit... and I didn't think I would have to miss Cambodia.
We dream of visiting Angkor Wat. Do you think it's not worth the detour compared to the Thai temples? They are just as good?
Regarding the two or three islands, I find that more than sufficient, only for the weather and the
Missing the end of the message... You have to know how to make choices... You can always include Angkor Wat but you will have to remove things from the stay in Thailand. Otherwise why not take a trip later to Cambodia? In absolute terms of course the place is worth it and the Thai temples have for the most part nothing to do with Angkor (with the exception of a few, dating from the same period)
Hello Romain,
Thank you for all your ideas which inspire us a lot for the preparation of our backpacking trip.
We would like to combine culture, elephants and temples & relaxation, diving.
And maybe the Full Moon party or/and the lantern festival in Surin if it's worth it.
Arrived on November 13 in Bangkok and left on December 8. (25 days on site)
This is our initial idea. Is it feasible in your opinion?
Culture side:
Bangkok, Kanchanaburi (for Erawan), Ayutthaya, Sukhothai, Chiang Rai, Chiang Mai, Kampahaeng, Lopburi (monkeys), Pimai, then Cambodia with Siem Reap and Angkor Wat
Beach side (depending on the monsoon):
Andaman Sea Richelieu Rock, Similan and Surin Islands, Koh Tachaï and Koh Bon / Koh Bon Pinnacle
Or Phuket, Koh Lanta, Koh Lipe and the Phi Phi Islands, with Khao Lak and Krabi
Thank you in advance,
Julie & Gautier
Hello you 2,
For the festival in Surin, I guess you're talking about the elephant festival, right? If you're referring to Loy Krathong, the festival is all over the country, so you don't necessarily need to go to Surin (but for the elephant festival, yes 😉 )
25 days is a bit short to see everything, I'm thinking especially of the excursion to Cambodia, which between visiting the temples and transport takes about 5 days on its own...
For the south, you mention "according to the monsoon" but all the islands mentioned are on the same coast... Also mention Phuket and just after Koh Lipe which is not next door, likewise Koh Bon is right next door (south) to Phuket and not towards the Similans and Surin islands which themselves are quite far from each other. I think you should focus on only 2,3 nearby places.
Hello Romain,
I too am embarking on the discovery of Thailand…
I've had this dream since I was little, I'm finally going to make it come true...
I am passionate about their cultures, temples, Buddha...
My goal of the trip will be to visit the temples and their sumptuous Buddhas and then end up relaxing on magnificent islands.
If you have any advice on temples to see, I'm all ears.
I'm planning my route little by little but I quickly get confused.
We are going to take a trip to Asia, with Vietnam from 2/10 to 22/10 then we will leave for Laos for 7 days from 22 to 28/10 I think, then a cruise on the Mekong from Luang Prabang to (Chian Rai) if possible for 3 days, i.e. until 30/10 31/10.
We have 28 days to visit Thailand, we return to France on 29/11.
On the program I think for:
Chiang Rai: (wat rong khun, wat phra kaeo, wat pra singh, wat ming mueang, wat huai pla kung). 3 days
Chiang Mai: (wat chedi luang, elephant nature, wat sri suphan, bann phor liang meun terra cotta arts). 3 days
Lamphun: (wat phra, wat doi ti) 2 days
Lampang: (wat phra kaeo don tao) 2 days
Sukhothai: (historical park, wat mahathat, wat sa si) 2 days
Ayutthaya: (wat chaiwattanarm, historical park, wat phra masthout, wat paan choeng, wat phutthaisawan) 2 days
Koh tao 2 days
Koh Samui (must see) 2 days
Koh phi phi 3 days
Bangkok: (wat pho, grand palace, wat phra kaeo, wat suthat) 3 days
I don't know if it is possible to use buses or other means to navigate between these cities.
maybe do ayutthaya koh tao by plane to see if that is possible of course.
Here is the general schedule for 28 days in Thailand, I am impatiently waiting for your advice on what to see and what not to do, my schedule can still be changed...
Sorry for the accents, this is not a French keyboard 🙂
See you soon and thank you again
Charlene
Hello,
As it is a rather large city, no worries, there will be buses and trains for some too. For the plane, no, you have to return to Bangkok and the closest airport to Koh Tao is in Chumphon (accessible via the Nok Air company).
Koh Phi Phi being on the other side compared to Samui and Tao, this will make you lose at least a day in transport so I will drop one side, in this case, given the weather, I will forget Samui and Tao and go to the other side (even if there will also be rain).
Bonjour,
Our stay in Thailand is scheduled from 15 to 30/11/2015, i.e. 13 nights (for now we have only booked the plane tickets and the nights in Chiang Mai).
For the program we thought of doing > 2 nights in Bangkok, 3 nights in Chiang Mai then going south to Koh Samui, Koh Phangan (full moon) and Ko Tao then returning to Bangkok for 1 night. For the south I'm afraid the weather won't be good? What do you think?
Thank you
Marina
Hello,
At this time of year, the weather is likely to be gloomy most of the time for this part of the south, it will be better on the Andaman side or further north (towards Koh Chang etc.)
Thanks for this quick response 😉
Can we return from Krabi to Bangkok by plane (without reservation)?
thank you
Yes of course, there is an airport in Krabi. It is not the high season so in theory it is possible to have a place without booking but Thais also travel a lot so in general I prefer to book the plane before (in addition to being able to benefit from better rates)
Hi Romain and thank you for this wonderful blog, and this article which helps me in preparing my trip.
I am in Thailand from October 28th to November 26th and I would like you to help me with the southern part, which I plan to do the last week (from November 18th-20th to 25th).
I would like to go to 2-3 islands, the less touristy ones. I heard about Ko Phayam, Ko Adang, Ko Bulon Lae and Ko Kho Khao. Do you think this is the right time to visit these islands? And above all, do you think that 2 or 3 of these islands are feasible in less than 7 days? Knowing that my departure to these islands would be from Chiang MAI on 18-20 November approximately, and that my plane is at 9am on 26 November.
Please enlighten me on a route that seems most appropriate to you.
Yours,
Jonathan
Hi Jonathan,
Note that among the islands mentioned, Koh Phayam is off Rayong, Koh Kho Khao towards Khao Lak while Koh Adang and Bulon Lae are part of the Tarutao archipelago. In this case, I would rather focus on the latter area. You can reach it quite easily by taking a flight to Hat Yai or Trang from Chiang Mai, then a bus to the pier (before Satun).
Thanks for your answer and your speed! When I arrive in Hat yai, can I take a bus to Pakpara, then a boat to koh adong (2_3 days), then a boat to Bulon Lae?
Is this possible because I haven't seen any boats from Koh Adong to Bulon Lae, except when swimming lol
Yours,
Jonathan
From Pakbara, you can take a boat to Koh Bulon Lae, but not directly to Koh Adang, too wild, the only way to sleep there is to book through an agency on site or even better, the official website of the national parks (see here). To get there, you have to go through Koh Lipe first, no other choice a priori.
Good evening Romain,
First of all, WELL DONE for your site which is really a useful tool for preparing a trip to Thailand, TOP!
I would like to have your impressions on our "SOUTHERN THAILAND" route (a bit tough) in September. Don't hesitate to give us ideas or other things (time and temperatures), thank you in advance.
Date of stay: Arrived in Bangkok on 04/09/15 at 09:45 and departed for France (return) on 17/09/15 at 22:55.
04/09 – Bangkok
05/09 – Bangkok + Transfer to Ko SAMUI (plane if possible), but apparently the majority of trips are “sold out”?)
06/09 – Ko SAMUI
07/09 – Ko Samui + Transfer Ko Pha Ngan
08/09 – Ko Pha Ngan
09/09 – Ko Pha Ngan
10/09 – Ko Tao (PADI pass if possible)
11/09 – Ko Tao (PADI pass if possible)
12/09 – Ko Tao (PADI pass if possible)
13/09 – Direction Surat Thani + Krabi
14/09 – Ko Phi Phi (or visit to Krabi)
15/09 – Ko Phi Phi
16/09 – Phuket + Return to Bangkok (or return to Krabi for Bangkok?)
17/09 – Bangkok + Return
The second part is a bit blurry ^^
Thanks in advance for your advice.
Women
Hello and thanks again for the compliment!
Weather wise, on the Gulf of Thailand side (Koh Samui/Phangan/Tao) it will be fine. On the other hand towards Krabi Phi Phi, the sky is likely to remain very grey all day and the rain that goes with it in the late afternoon. The companies are limited and the date is soon, I am indeed afraid that there will already be no more direct planes available to Samui, there is always the option of flying to Surat Thani and transferring by boat.
I don't think the detour to Phuket is really necessary to get back, nor even Phi Phi, so much to concentrate on Krabi.
After my honest impressions is that I am not a fan of "beach only" type stays... so I don't see anything else to complain about, as such the program is ok.
Hello Romain,
I wrote to you a few weeks ago... I'm a bit "bugged" on my circuit (Northern part)! I arrive in BGK on the evening of November 1st and leave on the evening of November 18th from PHUKET.
I would like to stay in Bangkok from the 1st to the 3rd (is that enough?) and then go back up north and see the essentials, knowing that I want to be in the south for at least 10-12 days...
Can you advise me on the main places to see in the North, the duration on site + in which city to sleep so as not to waste time and to make direct transport? Because when I read a little the blogs, it would be necessary to go through Ayutthaya, Lopburi, Sukhotai, Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai… but in a week it seems short to me no? So HELP because in addition I would like to take my flight to the South as early as it is planned.
Thanks in advance for your advice 😉
Laurence
Hello Laurence
3 days to see the essentials in Bangkok is enough, so no worries on that side. Regarding the north, if you only have a week, you can either skip Lopburi or not go up to Chiang Rai and concentrate on the area around Chiang Mai. You can go to Doi Inthanon for example, or go to the small town of Pai.
Ok great thanks!!! And is it possible to stay in Ayutthaya and then in Sukhotai afterwards to go to Chiang Mai or is it a waste of time?
Hello Romain,
Your blog is perfect timing because I'm a bit lost!! We (2 adults and 2 children aged 6 and 11) are leaving at the beginning of February 2016 for 3 weeks in Thailand. We've already booked flights to spend 6 nights in Chiang Mai. We'd then like to rent a car in Bangkok (probably at the airport on our way back from Chiang Mai) for about ten days so we can explore the east coast of the Gulf at our own pace. We're thinking of going to Ko Samet (for the white beaches?), and Ko Chang for its wilder feel. We'd like to end our little trip (before heading back to Bangkok) with a two-night stay on the island of Ko Kood or Ko Wai…which of the two seems the most peaceful to you (just relaxing by the water!)?
is it worth going all the way to Khlong Yai? many thanks in advance for your attention
Hello Stephanie,
Even if it's just for rest, I think Koh Wai is really small... but it's my budding "little explorer" side that makes me say that and will push me to go to Koh Kood (I was in Koh Mak, it's not bad either 😉 you can go there read the article here ), in absolute terms Koh Wai should suit you if "peaceful" is the main thing for these last 2 nights.
I never made it as far as Khlong Yai, which is basically just a border area. There are probably some quiet beaches but I can't say more than that.
Hi Romain, thank you so much for your quick reply! I just read your article about Koh Mak and it's convinced me to go!! It looks amazing! Just a couple of last questions, then I won't bother you anymore (!). Can you leave your car at the port where you take the boats to Koh Chang, Koh Mak, and Koh Samet for several days? Is it safe to have it stolen? Is it possible to get to Koh Mak without going via Koh Chang (by crossing directly along the coast)? If so, how long does it take? Thanks again, have a great afternoon!
Great blog!!
I forgot to ask you an essential question for children! Many people talk about sand flies/mosquitoes... which can ruin the stay... Do you know if there are periods when they are more prolific?? THANK YOU
Hi Romain,
your blog is very useful!
I'm going to Thailand for 12 full days from December 21 to July 3, with a colleague.
I had the idea of doing Ayutthaya (1 day) + Khao Yai (2 days) + Ko Phangan (with full moon) (4 days) + Ko Samui and Bangkok to finish the trip. But I'm more into discovering the country as much as possible, discovering the culture, eating well, avoiding tourists, a few beaches anyway, but my colleague has already discovered the North so... there's still the center and the south.
So I thought about seeing Bangkok, Ayutthaya, Khao Yai (or another park?), Kanchanaburi, Krabi (or Phuket?), an island in the west to try to play a bit on all the terrains.
I would like to know your opinion on this subject if possible. Plane to go down to the south I suppose? For the weather I understood that it will not be great in the south whether East or West…is it still worth going down there, or is it better to go to Ko Chang Ko Mak further north for the island side?
I hope I have been clear in my questions...I thank you in advance and congratulations/thank you for your blog!
Thanks Arthur!
Bangkok, Ayutthaya, Khao Yai and Kanchanaburi is a good program because all close to Bangkok, so when you are on a short stay it is rather practical. For the islands, I would rather say to turn to the islands to the east, I myself was in Koh Mak recently, if you have not yet read the articles, it is here that it happens: http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/koh-mak-ile-encore-authentique/
Hi Romain,
While browsing the forums about traveling to Thailand, I was pleased to stumble upon your blog! Thank you for sharing all this information!!!
Big dilemma on my side, I'm going to Thailand for the first time with my partner from September 9 to 26, we have roughly planned our itinerary which resembles your suggestion #3, only, we can't decide, climate-wise, what do you advise us: Andaman Sea side OR Gulf of Thailand?
Thank you and good luck 😉
Hi Violaine,
In September it's a bit of a mix but you'll have a bit more chance of getting some sun if you go to the Gulf of Thailand side. 😉
Good evening Romain,
I'm leaving on August 18th with my two teenagers. I'm planning to go straight to Chiang Mai, then Koh Samui, and finally Bangkok for sightseeing. We only have 12 days there, so I'm booking my domestic flights to save time. However, since our time is limited, I was wondering whether to spend three days in Chiang Mai or just two (one day sightseeing and one day with the elephant, leaving the next day at 1 p.m. for Surat Thani), and then add another day in Koh Samui (making it four full days) to finish with three days in Bangkok. I've been agonizing over this for two days now ;-)) What do you think? Thanks!
Hello Emma,
To answer this question, first ask yourself the question do you prefer the idea of spending more time for cultural and landscape discovery, or the beach. It is a matter of your personal taste, I prefer the idea of staying 3 days in Chiang Mai but maybe you prefer the idea of having more time on the island.
For the 2 days to fill, I would say one day in Ayutthaya and one in Kanchanaburi, or even both in Kanchanaburi.
Hello Roman,
I would like to ask you for your advice because my boyfriend and I have never been to Thailand, and we would like to go there in the last two weeks of November 2015.
1. First, do you think it's a good time to go weather-wise, knowing that we're only attracted by the touristy side and the heavenly beach. So I think we'll go south. Or do you think January would be much better?
2. We are not big travelers, we plan to leave with a big backpack each and arrive in Bangkok. Are there temples to visit in Bangkok or not far away?
3. After a day or two in Bangkok to recover from jet lag, we are thinking of heading straight south to its beaches. We are obviously drawn to the white sand beaches that we can find in the movie The Beach and these are the places we would like to see. After a quick look on the Internet we are thinking of going to Koh Phi Phi, Krabi and Koh Lanta. We would especially like to relax and take in the views in terms of scenery and diving for example. We don't want to be on the road constantly in fact. But do you think, in relation to what we are looking for, it would be good or better to go to the other side in the Gulf of Thailand towards Koh Samui etc?
4. Since we want to go to the islands, do you think it is better to travel by bus or is it possible to rent a car in Bangkok and drive around during our entire stay or not?
Thank you very much for your answers 🙂 and see you soon.
Aurora and Jordan.
Hello Aurore and Jordan,
1. Knowing that the rainy season is shifted in the south, if you can choose January rather than the end of November it will be better weather-wise.
2. Given the question asked; I suspect that you are not great travelers, I also imagine (at least I hope so) that you are only at the beginning of your research? To answer you, of course yes there are temples to visit in Bangkok, as everywhere in the country, there are more than 400 in the metropolis alone! But since I am going to visit the essentials, I will mention Wat Phra Keao (located within the Grand Palace), Wat Pho next door, and Wat Arun on the other side of the river. After that, if by temples, you rather mean "old", like ruins, then it is to Ayutthaya, 80km from Bangkok that you must go.
3. If it's the beach movie that makes you dream, then yes it's Koh Phi Phi and Krabi that you have to go to, since that's where it was filmed! On the other hand, forget the deserted beach side, it's crowded with tourists now in the area... even if it's actually very beautiful. Take an excursion to the islands around Phi Phi like Bamboo Island, in terms of white sand, you'll be served 😉
4. It is easier to take a bus to go south, or even a plane and once there, rent a scooter to get around the area.
My personal opinion, it's a shame to go to the other side of the world to only see beaches 🙁
Hello Romain
Thank you for your prompt response.
Yes this is our first time in Thailand. We have already been to Laos and Cambodia.
When we visit a country, we don't go back twice... the world is so big!
As we are renting the car initially from Bangkok airport, we are thinking of returning it to Bangkok around November 24th after visiting the Surin area… then take a taxi to Bangkok (city tours and Loy Krathong)
We would like to end our trip with a short, relaxing stay on one of the southern beaches (Gulf of Thailand or Andaman). Are there any places at this time of year (late November/early December) where we can avoid the rain and go snorkeling?
Thank you for your advice.
This will help us finalize our travel plan.
Josiane
The world is certainly vast, but I don't like the wording "we did" which suggests that you are just looking to fill your travel diary (a subject that is debated among bloggers, believe me 😉)
At this time, the ideal is to go to the east coast towards Koh Chang, Koh Kood or Koh Mak, off Trat.
Hello Romain,
I have just discovered your blog with great pleasure… it has already helped me to solve some questions concerning a trip of +/- 3 – 4 weeks that my husband and I plan to take to Thailand from November to early December (at the latest 3/4 December).
We plan to rent a car (without a driver) at the airport and drive directly to Ayutthaya where we will spend our first night.
Here is the project:
Go back up quietly towards the north of the country via:
Ayutthaya – Lopburi – Kamphaeng Phet – Sukhothai – Sri Satchanalai – Lampang – Chiang Rai and the Golden Triangle – Chiang Mai via Route 107 – the western loop via Pai, Mae Hong Son, Mae Siriang and Doi Inthanon Park… then back down towards southern Isan visiting Phimai – Surin (elephant festival on November 21/22) – on the way to Bangkok stop at Prasat Hin Muang Tam and Phanom Rung and finish with Khao Yai National Park before returning the car to the airport.
Spend Loy Krathong (November 25) in Bangkok and stay 2/3 days to visit the main sites.
We would take a plane (round trip) to the southern beaches for 3/4 days.
We love quiet beaches and snorkeling.
Is it possible to do all this in 3/4 weeks?
If the route is too busy, which sites should be eliminated?
How to reach the south-east… perhaps leave some visits (planned at the start) on the way back down?
I don't know which seaside to choose in relation to the rainy season.
We have not yet booked the flight tickets and are open to any suggestions.
Thank you in advance for your advice.
Josiane
Hello Josiane,
Is this your first time in Thailand? It seems doable in 4 weeks but it won't be easy, it's a long way to go, and the loop to Pai - Mae Hong Son has many, many bends.
Knowing that you will already see the ruins of Ayutthaya, Sukhothai and even Sri Satchanalai, I would skip Kamphaeng Phet, which would be a bit of a repetition I think.
Since you mention flying, I'm not sure why you're asking "How to get to the southeast...", do you mean the east coast towards Trat?
Hello,
At the risk of being very original, I will also thank you for your blog and its valuable advice 🙂
My boyfriend and I want to go to South East Asia for 2 months (October and November) to visit Thailand and Laos. We don't have a well-defined itinerary yet, we land in Bangkok, then we want to go to the north of Thailand, reach Laos to do it from North to South then reach the South of Thailand to enjoy the beaches... Does this seem feasible to you without taking internal flights? And above all, is the direction of the itinerary appropriate given the season? We would have many other questions but these are the most important and would allow us to weave the first plot of our trip :))
Thank you very much in any case for the trouble you take to help us all!!!!
Hello,
It seems feasible to me. You'll be there at the end of the rainy season, either way wouldn't make much difference.
Ok I'll make a note of the station.
Is the bus quite safe at night because you can hear everything?
Thanks again for your answers.
No problem with the bus, what you must have heard only concerns a few unscrupulous companies leaving from Khao San in Bangkok.
Thanks for your reply. Do you know anything about the rates?
For the bus, normally it's 240 Baht. For the train I don't know, however, note that the station is in Phitsanulok, 80 km from Sukhothai.
Hello Romain,
We have completed our itinerary for Thailand but I would like to know what is better between the train or the night bus to travel from Sukhothai to Chiang Mai?
Thank you for your answer.
Coraline
Hello !
It all depends on what you mean by "best". If fastest, then the night bus, if not for the experience, people generally enjoy the train.
Hello Romain,
I came across your blog while doing research for my trip preparation.
I therefore allow myself to contact you.
My husband and I would like to travel to Thailand from Saturday, November 07th to Saturday, November 21st.
I gather the information, and begin the work of preparing the project.
For now I am at the beginning of my research.
Ideally we would like to go and explore the country for a week, then spend a week on a beach for the relaxation aspect.
We are planning this backpacking trip, ideally only taking the plane tickets, and then living our adventure.
Do you have any advice to give us? Addresses? Recommendations…? A typical plan for a duration like ours?
Knowing that we would like to experience magical moments, such as:
Go for an elephant ride in the forest (I noticed you weren't a big fan of it, knowing how they treat elephants, but I noticed it was better to go there —> http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/visite-elephant-nature-park/
We would also like to do the Mekong descent if that was possible, or if there was something else like that to do…
I read that it's best to avoid places like Koh Phangan and Koh Tao during the rainy season! 🙁
Which side of Thailand would you prefer for our dates?
Thank you in advance for your advice, help and kindness.
Caroline and Raphael (from Belgium)
Hello Caroline,
From what you tell me, then route 3 here in the article should suit you. Among the recommendations I can make, in Bangkok, ask for the meter for taxis, don't get scammed and if they refuse just take another taxi, they have plenty of them.
Particularly near the Grand Palace and Wat Pho, be wary of people who start to approach you in correct English where you are going and try to advise you on places to see, they are often scams, the same with the tuk tuks, some will tell you that this morning or today the Palace is closed because of "Buddha day" or "royal family coming, ceremony", this is not true, if a possible ceremony can take place, it is the one to change the outfit worn by the statue, it takes place in the morning only normally, the first day of the waning moon of the 4th, 8th and 12th lunar month (which corresponds to March, July and November, but according to the lunar calendar and your dates it should not be at this time, anyway, if there really is a ceremony, you will see on site when you go in front of the temple but ignore the tuk tuks)
As for the addresses, it depends where... As for the elephants, in fact, I do not endorse places with elephants staged and used for walks and the Elephant Nature Park is an example of an alternative that respects the animal.
For Thailand it is possible to take a cruise on the Mekong between Nong Khai and almost to Nakhon Phanom to my knowledge, otherwise go back up towards Luang Prabang in Laos (see here)
At this time, you can go to the islands in the east of the country, Koh Chang, Koh Kood or Koh Mak for example.
Hello Romain,
I confirm what everyone before me has told you: your site is great! a real gold mine! Thanks for the information you share!
We are going to Thailand as a family (2 years old + 2 children aged 11 and 8) from 17/12 to 1/1; here is the planned itinerary (and my questions 🙂 ):
Day 1-2 Bangkok (probably Soi Rambutti/Bang Lamphu)
Day 3-4 Sukhothai (from BKK to Sukhothai, what means of transport do you recommend?)
Day 5-9 Chiang Mai (including a day with elephants (Happy Elephant Home or other?) (what means of transport?)
Day 10 return BKK (plane?) departure Hua Hin (or Koh Samet?) (no time to head South)
Day 13 (30/12): return BKK –> departure Ayutthaya (to spend New Year there, good idea?)
Day 15 return to BKK and plane at 23 p.m. (will we have time to return from Ayutthaya on 1/1 if we leave at the end of the morning?)
Many thanks in advance for your good advice!
Gi
Hello Giseline and thank you again for the compliment!
In general, people like the experience of the night train to go up north. Note that there is no train station in Sukhothai but it is in Phitsanulok, 80km east of the historical park, so possibly take the bus to Sukhothai direct and last part to Chiang Mai by train.
I always recommend the Elephant nature park, other parks claim to be "Elephant friendly" but behind them have another section dedicated to "classic" tours and shows for tourists wishing to take elephant rides... They play a double game just because there is a market to be had in the correct elephant.
The plane to reach the south remains the simplest and fastest, the costs are also quite competitive if the ticket is booked a minimum in advance.
I have never celebrated New Year in Ayutthaya but yes, why not!
Hello Romain,
Thank you for your blog and I admire the time you take to respond to messages!
So I'm going to take the plunge and ask for your advice!
We are leaving with our son (who will be 20 months old at the time of the trip) for 2.5 weeks in August.
We will start our stay with 4 days in Bangkok (+ Ayutthaya) and we will end our stay in Kho Phan Gan.
We don't know what to decide for the second part of the stay:
1/ Khoa Sok Park: our first choice but we are afraid of the weather. We also won't be able to sleep on the lake (too dangerous with a baby). Everything looks beautiful and wild!
2/ Kanchanaburi / Erawan National Park and surroundings
3/ Chai Mai: the easiest to get there with a child (plane) but is it really nicer than the other two choices? The advantage is the possibility of visiting early in the morning and returning at the end of the afternoon for a nap.
What do you think?
Thank you in advance for your help and advice!
Have a good day!
Looking forward to reading you
Virginie
Hello Virginia,
Khao Sok National Park is indeed pretty, I didn't have time to explore it in depth but it might be worth it. Otherwise, as you go south I also recommend Sam Roi Yod National Park or possibly Kaeng Krachan National Park in Petchaburi. Erawan National Park is good too but in August it might just be wading through mud...
Personally I have always flown to Chiang Mai, or driven... The train is slow but people generally enjoy the experience.
Thanks for the compliments 😉
Hello
I don't know if Virginie finally made her trip but we are in the same situation or almost. We plan to leave with our 2 year old and 11 year old sons for 2.5 weeks in July.
I was thinking of starting the trip with 4 days in Bangkok (+ Ayutthaya) then going to Kho Phan Gan and ending with a few days at the Khoa Sok Park. But I'm afraid of the weather, the leeches... is it really feasible with a 2 year old child? So Virginie if you're still here I'm waiting for your travel feedback and Romain if you know more thanks in advance 🙂
Hello,
To my knowledge, the treks in Khao Sok are quite accessible to children (going around the lake for example), after, given the season, it is obvious that it could rain quite a bit, so perhaps not the best time with a young child.
Hello Romain,
We will be in Thailand from 19/12 to 09/01/2016. 2 adults and an 11 year old girl.
Exit the north that we know. Place in Bangkok and then wander. The goal, see the country
And animals, animals and more animals...
Finally we look for a place to stay for 5 days on a beautiful beach.
Phuket? Elsewhere? We only know Koh Lanta and want to avoid there
Return.
Do you have any advice on routes? Plans to swim with dolphins, walks where we won't encounter hordes of tourists?
I also discovered that it would be possible to go to the Burmese beaches. Do you have any feedback to give?
I find great hotels there at good prices and apparently not too many people, it's tempting.
Thanks for your advice.
Patrick
Hello Patrick,
If you want to stay in the "classic", you can go to the Khao Yai national park, less than 3 hours drive from Bangkok, you can among other things come across wild elephants (be careful, because they are very wild)
If you want to be "original", you can go to the Kaeng Krachan National Park in Petchaburi. On the way back down you can make a stop at Hua Hin, go up to the Takiap temple to see monkeys (see here) and then go to Sam Roi Yot National Park (I'm talking about it here in particular).
Before reaching Phuket (which is still a good choice if you've never been there, but avoid Patong), you can stop at Prachuap Khiri Khan, or before at Baan Krut (see here). Finally, if you have time, a visit to Khao Sok National Park would not be too much 😉
It is not possible to swim with dolphins in Thailand, the species is endangered so is rather rare and in any case is not the type to let itself be approached easily.
Are you referring to my articles on the subject or not at all? It so happens that I was on the beaches of Burma last December! We went to Chaung Tha (preferable rather than its neighbor to the south Ngwe Saung), see the article on Chaung Tha, we had a nice little guided tour there for a day too (see here). The best for us was the motorbike ride between Chaung Tha beach and Ngwe Saung (read the article here).
If you need a guide for Bangkok, please feel free to contact me via the dedicated page !
Sincerely,
Roman
Hi Romain, these itineraries are great!
My boyfriend and I are planning to go to Thailand for 2 weeks starting July 15 to reach Cambodia.
We were planning to do a loop in the north of the country, I looked at itinerary 4 and I think I'll follow it to Chiang Mai. Then I would like to go to Cambodia, do you have any places to recommend for this itinerary knowing that we want to do it in 15 days? We will probably travel by train and bus.
Have a good day !
Hi Lola,
If you do the loop around Chiang Mai (Pai- Mae Hong Son), I advise you to do it by motorbike rather than by public transport, much nicer. Afterwards, if you follow roughly itinerary 4, I don't see which places in particular to recommend... since they are in the itinerary! From Chiang Mai, I don't know what the exact possible connections are, but you will have to reach the border at Aranyaprathet, province of Sa Keao (Poi Pet on the Cambodian side)
Have a good stay !
We are going for two weeks in the east of Thailand, we arrive in Nakhon Phanom, 2 days then a day in That Phanom after we want to do the Pha Taem park, do you have any addresses to stay near the park, I can only find guesthouses in Khong Chiam? Afterwards I think it is better to rent a car with a driver to make the road to Nakhon Ratchasima thinking about the Khmer temples of Surin, Ta Muan and Phanom Rung. If you have any information on this region for accommodation or itineraries I am interested knowing that our budget is rather 300/400 baht per night
I thank you
When I visited the area, I only stayed in Khong Chiam… so I don't have an address to recommend closer to the park… Also, I slept in a hotel beyond your budget:
– In Nakhon Phanom, I stayed at Khongpumork Hometel (pretty good)
– In Khong Chiam, I was at Ban Kiangnam (a bit expensive for what it was)
– We slept one night in Ubon Ratchathani at T3 House (new hotel in the heart of the city.
Towards Surin, I slept at a friend's house who owned the Baan Naa Cottages, yes owned it, because apparently it closed...
If you don't feel like driving yourself, having a car with a driver is probably the best solution for visiting the region in complete freedom.
As for the route, starting from Nakhon Phanom, the easiest way is to follow the Mekong. After That Phanom, go down towards Mukdahan (I just wrote an article about it! See here)
Your stay is coming soon apparently? In which case, no need to stop by to see "Sam Phan Bok" (see the article here), visible only between March and May when the water level is low enough.
So, visit to Pha Taem National Park (article visible here), you can take a little trip to Khong Chiam which has its charm (see here), then Phu Chong Na Yoi National Park (article there), this time along Cambodia, the national park near Preah Vihear is frustrating since to this day, it is not possible to access the temple from Thailand… (view article)
Then join Surin or go towards Buriram to then visit the prasat phanom rung.
There you go, I hope this helps you a little!
Hi Romain,
Thanks for your article, it's really great.
I am going to Thailand in August (from the 10th to the 26th) with 2 friends and we wanted to take a trip that would allow us to see the cultural aspect of Thailand as well as the heavenly side offered by the islands. This is why itinerary 3 seems to correspond perfectly to our expectations. However, I have a few questions:
– Which side should I choose between the Andaman Sea and the Gulf of Thailand to have the least rain?
– Finally, what are the means of transport to get from one point to another on the route?
Thank you for your help.
PS: I apologize for the mistakes, I am on an English keyboard without accents.
Hi Audrey,
– In August, it is better to go to the Gulf of Thailand, the weather will be better there.
– That's up to you to decide… Generally, people like to try the train on the way to Chiang Mai (knowing that there is no station in Sukhothai but it is in Phitsanulok, to be connected by bus), then as specified in the itinerary, from Chiang Mai, a direct flight to the south, the cheapest being to go to Surat Thani, join the Donsak pier and take the ferry to the islands of the gulf.
Nothing too complicated 😉
Bonjour.
Thank you Romain for all this very useful information!
We are leaving in a few days with a friend to tour Thailand from July 1st to 28th:
This is the route we would like to take:
D1-2-3: Bangkok
D4-5-6: Kanchanaburi + Elephant World
D7: Ayutthaya
D8-9: Sukhotai
D10-11-12: Chiang Rai + Golden Triangle
D13-14-15: Chiang Mai + Trek
D16: Flight Chiang Mai – Surat Thain then to Ko Phangan
D17-18-19-20: Ko Phangan – Ko Tao (+diving)
D21-22-23: Krabi
D24-25: Ko Sok Park
D26-27: Bangkok
Is this feasible or have we planned too many things? If so, what would you advise us to remove?
What scares us are the journeys between each place that seem long and that we have to do for the most part (in the north) by bus. Do you have any advice for the journeys, do we have to book in advance? We have not yet booked any journeys, nor any hotels, is this a problem?
And with regard to the monsoon, is our itinerary suitable?
Thanks in advance for your reply!
Adeline
Hello Adeline,
This seems quite feasible to me. Only the end is not quite coherent. Khao Sok Park is north of Phuket, I know from where and how you thought to go back to Bangkok, but the most logical thing would be to go not to Krabi but to return to Surat Thani and from there, go to Khao Sok. End in Krabi, there is an airport, this allows you to return directly to Bangkok.
As for the monsoon, in July there is no place that is better than anywhere else, well, yes, the Gulf of Thailand, but you go there so it's good 😉
Hello Romain,
We depart from August 22nd to September 6th and arrive in Bangkok.
We are planning to do roughly the same route as your site, route 5.
What transport do you recommend to go from Ko Pha Ngan to Pukhet? Basically to go from east to west?
What do you think about the train to Bangkok Chumphon? When to get the tickets?
Thank you very much.
Hi William,
To go from west to east there are not 36000 ways, take the ferry to Surat Thani (Donsak quay more precisely) and then bus or minivan (minivan faster but a little more expensive).
The train is generally considered an interesting experience (it's slow, it gives you time to see the scenery go by), up to Chumphon it's fine, from there you can take the ferry to Koh Tao (I guess that's your plan). Tickets can't be booked in advance (well, not via an official website), get them on site directly at Hua Lamphong (or Samsen) station.
Hello Romain,
Thank you for sharing your knowledge about Thailand and answering all our questions!!!
I'm going to Thailand with my boyfriend from October 31st to November 18th. We arrive in Bangkok on the evening of the 1st and leave Phuket on the evening of the 18th. I'm starting to plan our trip and I was thinking of staying in Bangkok for two days, then heading north to visit Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai, and finally going south to visit the classic islands (Koh Phi Phi, Koh Samui, Koh Tao, etc.) and Phuket for the last two or three days. Could you help me a bit more with my itinerary and tell me which islands you would recommend depending on the season? We'd like to experience Thailand's cultural side, but also its beaches, because let's not forget, it's still a vacation! 😉
Also, to go from North to South, what would you most recommend as a means of transport, train or internal plane?
Thanks in advance for your answer!!!!!
Hi Laurence,
I try to do my best to answer everyone 😉
Weather wise, it will be better towards Phuket, so I would rather opt for Krabi, Koh Phi Phi, possibly Koh Lanta if you have time rather than going to Samui and Tao. Transport wise, personally I prefer the plane, less tiring and it remains very cheap if you buy a ticket in advance.
Hello Romain, thank you for your quick response! We can't wait to leave and see all that 🙂
Hello Romain,
First of all, thank you and congratulations for your blog, the photos and your answers which helped me a lot. We are going as a family for the first three weeks of July for the first time in Thailand. What we have planned: Bangkok (2 days), Kanchanabury (2 days), Ayutthaya (1 day), Lopburi then Phitsanulok (1 day), Sukhothai (1 day) Lampang? (1 day), Chiang Mai (5 days), Southern Islands (4 days), Bangkok (4 days). What do you think?
1) Can we do Erawan Park in 1 day and leave in the evening for Ayutthaya?
2) What do you think about Lampang?
3) Regarding Chiang Mai province, what are your must-sees with 5 days before flying south? I was thinking of enjoying the Sunday Market on Sunday but otherwise: Don Inthanon? Chiang Dao? Pai?
4) Once in Krabi and in 4 days, do we have time to visit several islands or is it better to choose only one?
5) Can we fit Nap Tok Thilawsu into our itinerary? By removing Lampang and a day in Chiang Mai for example or is it too short?
6) If we want to go for an elephant ride or see tigers? Do you have any advice?
Sorry for all these questions, so much to see and do, I'm trying to optimize our itinerary as best I can...
Thank you in advance! 🙂
Hello Julie,
Your path is coherent, I don't see anything special to say about it 😉
1) From what I know no, there is no bus leaving Kanchanaburi in the evening to connect Ayutthaya, the last minibus leaving around 13pm…
2) Apart from the main temple, I didn't really visit... if you are passing through the area, you can take a tour of the elephant conservation center which has a good reputation: http://www.thailandelephant.org/
3) Chiang Mai the city first (still), Doi Inthanon indeed, after that it's a bit as you feel, personally I don't know Chiang Dao yet (but it tempts me), if you can, go to Mae Hong Son, there are beautiful walks to do in this area.
4) In 4 days, I would tend to say, choose an island and stick with that one, but that's just my way of seeing things (relax and rest!).
5) There are choices to be made but no, it's hard to fit in because the waterfall is really located in an isolated region... save it for next time!
6) Yes, forget about elephant rides and tigers 😉 I do not endorse this kind of "show", hence my advice, go instead to a center that takes care of elephants (there is the Elephant nature park near Chiang Mai too for example)
Hello Romain,
First of all thank you for taking your time for all these valuable answers.
For my part, I am totally lost.
Here we took the tickets from NOVEMBER 20 to DECEMBER 11, we are leaving as a couple, my husband has a difficult job so will need rest, relaxation. So I would have liked to do only 2 hotels of 9 nights for each and on the way back make a stop of 1/2 nights Max in Bangkok.
I had imagined doing the WEST side and the EAST side because I absolutely wanted to do KOH TAO. While researching on the net I read several times that you should avoid the EAST side due to the return of the rains, is this correct?
We are looking for two different islands with some activity, not too crowded, nice beaches with some bars and restaurants....a good compromise to combine rest and the rest...
Thank you in advance for your answer.
Ana
Hello Ana,
That's right, the rainy season is shifted and in November/December, it waters the Gulf of Thailand (Koh Samui / Koh Phangan / Ko Tao). You can either go to the islands off Tart (Koh Chang / Koh Kood / Kood Mak) or to the Andaman Sea (Koh Yao Yai for example should suit you).
My personal opinion: I can understand the need for rest, but going so far to stay 9 days in the same place x2 is long... especially since the beach...
Hello Romain, Like all the previous people I congratulate you and thank you for the quality of your blog and the complete answers that you give, for novices of Thailand it helps!!!
So my case: I'm going to Thailand for 15 days (last week of August and first of September), as you can imagine my biggest fear is the weather, rainy season obliges. Can I still expect to have beautiful sunny days? Indeed I wait for this vacation all year so I need sun....and Thailand has been my dream for several years, so I'm taking the risk.
I'd like to prioritize relaxing on beautiful beaches, while still, of course, exploring some of the local culture of this magnificent country. But I don't want to rush around, as I do that all year round... in short, a happy medium.
I'm really into nature and Buddha, I would have liked to see monkeys (my dream), temples and elephants (but as for the elephants I learned that they weren't treated well so I think I'll give that up).
Questions ;
– What program would you recommend for me knowing that I am landing in Bangkok?
– Which islands should be favored to maximize the risk of good weather?
– What route should I take and by what means of transport to leave Bangkok for the south-eastern islands (if these are the ones you recommend 😉
– Where can I see monkeys? (not too aggressive because I was told there were some not very friendly ones 🙂
– Ah and last question, do you have a hotel to recommend to me when arriving in Bangkok because I don't book anything in advance but I think that at least for the night of arrival after 17 hours of flight it will be good to have a nice bed and a place to land.
I know that's a lot of questions but I hope more than anything to have a wonderful trip so here it is...I'm bothering you a little 😉
Thank you in advance. Have a nice day.
Marie.
Hello Marie,
Thank you very much for these compliments!
Unfortunately at this specific time of year, it's hard to have even just blue skies, especially in the north and center of the country. For the south, yes, you'll probably have sun, but I can't guarantee it of course...
– A possible program, going to the south in stages over about a week, with a stop in Phetchaburi, Hua Hin, Prachuap, Chumphon for example.
– Then go to the East coast (Koh Samui or Koh Phangan or even Koh Tao), the Andaman Sea being rather rough at this time of year (it’s not a “risk” of good weather that you want but a “chance” 😉 )
– Monkeys are found almost everywhere in Thailand. To get close to them for sure, you can for example go to Wat Khao Takiap in Hua Hin, or towards the city of Prachuap Khiri Khan there is a different species, you could for example stop there on the way to the south as mentioned in the program example above.
– Choice of bus or train, the train being slower but appreciated by travelers for the “experience”, it allows you to better see the landscape passing by.
– For hotels in Bangkok, take a quick look at the dedicated article if you haven’t already 😉: http://www.la-thailande-et-l-asie.com/quel-quartier-se-loger-bangkok/
Sorry for the (usually shorter) response time, but I'm back from a little "visa" excursion to Laos...
Hello,
Thanks for the blog, it is a great help.
With my friend, we are thinking of going to Thailand from January 11 to January 28, 2016. We arrive on January 12. Your itinerary 3 interests me, but I was just thinking of changing the order a little. I was thinking of doing the 12th to the 14th inclusive in Bangkok then on the 15th leaving for Sukhothai, staying in Sukhothai on the 16th, on the 17th leaving for Chiang Mai and staying on the 18th. Then from there, leaving by plane on the 19th for Phuket. I saw on your itinerary that you were staying 3 days in Phuket. Is it possible to do the 20th in Phuket then leave on the 21st and 22nd for Koh Phi Phi then do another island on the 23rd and 24th, but then I don't do which one?! After that, I was thinking of doing the 25th and 26th in Krabi and leaving on the 27th for Bangkok.
Do you think this itinerary is feasible? What other island could we do on January 23rd and 24th after Koh Phi Phi?
Thank you in advance.
Coraline
Hello Coraline,
Thank you first of all for being a reader! So to answer you, I want to say, yes "everything" is possible, you can indeed leave Phuket on the 21st, if I take 3 days at the base, it's just that it's a big island, there's still quite a lot to see at the base so in one day, you'll only have a small glimpse.
For the island to add, easy, I would say either Koh Yai Yai or Koh Yao Noi, which is between Phuket and the coast of Krabi!
Sincerely,
Roman
Thank you for your quick reply.
What do you recommend to do in Phuket? I didn't think I would stay longer because I read on some websites that it wasn't more interesting. So I would like some advice on Phuket.
Goods.
Coraline
Those who say that it is no longer of interest, it is because they do not really know the island… I invite you to read my article on this subject: the ignored side of phuket.
Your article is very interesting. I didn't expect things like this. So I don't know how to do it... But in any case, thank you for your help.
Hello Romain,
Congratulations on your blog!
I am thinking of going to Thailand this summer in early August, is it easy to get to Koh Pangan from Phuket and then Koh Tao from Koh Pangan.
Also, do you think it is necessary to book hotels from France (tripadvisor) to get the best rates and avoid them being full? Maybe you have some hotels to recommend?
thank you in advance
Thank you! At least from August, no, no need to book, you will find on site, there is choice. But if you want to book some hotels for Phuket for example, I invite you to see the dedicated page (click here), for Koh Phangan, I recommend staying towards the north, especially Haad Salad beach (see examples of hotels).
From Phuket, you have to take a van or a bus to go to Surat Thani and reach the port of Donsak to take the ferry. From Koh Phangan it is very easy to get to Koh Tao since it is the next island 😉
Hello Romain,
Thank you for your blog and your valuable information. I have looked through tons and tons of forums but the opinions are often quite divergent unfortunately which makes the search a little complicated!
I am planning to go to Thailand with a friend around July 20th this year for 15/16 days.
This will be a first time for both of us and I wanted to get your opinion on the planned itinerary (is it feasible and/or compatible with the climate at this time of year?).
Circuit 1:
– 3 nights/4 days in Bangkok (on arrival or departure/not defined) + visit to Ayutthaya for one day as you recommend.
-Departure to Surah Thani (probably by night train) and transfer to the islands Ko Samui/Ko Pha Ngan/Ko Tao (choice not defined) to spend 4/5 nights there.
– Transfer to Adaman side (Ko Phi Phi, Phang Nga, Krabi) 4/5 nights.
-Return by night train to Bangkok + overnight stay and return flight.
How much do train journeys cost? (e.g. Bangkok/Surah night train and West Coast/East Coast train)
And what about boat trips from island to island?
Circuit 2:
Same basis as the 1st but removing one of the 2 coasts (I heard that at this time it was better to favor the Gulf of Thailand because of a lot of rain on the Phuket, Ko Phi Phi side, is this true?)
Instead, 3/4 day trek in the North (mountains, waterfalls etc.). However, I also read somewhere that the North should also be avoided at the end of July, can you confirm this?
Finally, budget-wise, we found a plane ticket for €710 on Turkish Airlines: the other companies were overpriced (I know I'm leaving it late...). What do you think of a total budget of €1500 for the stay:
– average of 20€/night per person for accommodation
– average of 15€/day per person for food
There would be around €250 left for the various “attractions” (diving, visits, treks) and internal transport.
Sorry for this long message and all these questions but I'm a bit lost..
Thanks in advance!!!
Jeanne
Hello Jeanne,
Circuit 2 would indeed be preferable because the climate is better in the Gulf at this time. (incidentally, there is no train making the west/east connection, only buses)
Regarding the prices, you have to count 770 bahts for a Bangkok-Surat Thani trip in 2nd class, the price can vary depending on whether you have air conditioning or not, you can have it for less by not taking a bed and just a seat… (from 480 bahts). You can take a combined train + boat, it will cost 968 bahts (still in 2nd class) to reach Koh Samui and 1068 Bahts to go to Koh Phangan. See the details and all the info here.
The weather may not be great in the north at this time, yes, but it is mainly given the time you will have that makes me advise you to turn instead to the Kanchanaburi region, close to Bangkok to the west, or go to the Khao Yai National Park on the other side.
The budget is quite reasonable, no worries on that side! Are you leaving from Paris or elsewhere? If from Paris I find cheaper… I see from 577€.
Hello
I am taking the liberty of contacting you because I see that you are giving great advice!
We are going to Thailand from October 21 to November 2, my wife, myself and our 3 children aged 4,6, 7 and XNUMX. We would like to know which is the best region to avoid as much rain as possible and to mix visits to nature, animals and beaches.
Thanks in advance for your advice.
Sébastien
Hello,
At this time of year there are no real places to avoid the most. Don't worry, it's starting to be the end of the season, you will also normally be entitled to good weather, the rain usually only arrives in the middle or late afternoon and rarely lasts more than an hour.
For the mix between nature and animals, many places can be suitable... the same for the beaches, lots of choice! If it's a first visit, Phuket or Samui will be more than suitable. Your stay being quite short, for animals and nature, I would go to the Kanchanaburi region, about 3 hours west of Bangkok, you can possibly extend the visit to Sangkhlaburi, a small town at the gates of Burma, superb.
Good evening Romain, we are going to Thailand for the first time for 3 weeks, from September 15th to October 8th. In the middle of the rainy season, I was thinking of doing the River Kwai bridge and Erawan Falls (Bangkok on the 15th, departure for Kanchaburie on the 16th and extending by 1 or 2 days for Erawan Falls (but I have serious doubts about the weather), then heading to the southern islands, staying on the south side near Koh Phangan, and Samui for the south, is this good in terms of the weather or should we consider another area instead?
Hello,
Having been to Erawan Falls during the rainy season, it's true that the experience is a little hampered by the presence of the muddy path going up to the top floor (there are 7 waterfalls in all), it's slippery so be careful, but it's still possible and at least there will be fewer people. For the south, yes, it's good, the monsoon being shifted between the east and the west, it's definitely on this side that you have to go at this time!
Congratulations for this magnificent blog, all this information and above all for responding to everyone!
We are leaving this fall with our 4 year old son and wanted to visit Bangkok and the southern islands (10 days available). From everything I have read on this blog, it would be better to start with the south and end with 3 days in Bangkok, is that right?
Weather-wise, is there a significant difference between late October and November?
Also, you don't recommend Samui, but are Koh Tao and Phangan as interesting for a child? I imagined that in Koh Samui there would be more activities to do with a child. What do you think?
Thank you for your comment! It seems normal to me to respond to everyone, a blog without dialogue with its readers would be average I think 😉
Sorry for the delay in responding but I was traveling in Vietnam and just got back!
– In general, I think it is better to end in Bangkok, because you can do all your souvenir shopping there, without having to lug them around during your stay since it is at the end.
– In terms of weather, there is no really “significant” difference between the end of October and the month of November, but if you have to choose, November is still preferable because it is a little more conducive to good weather because it is closer to the end of the rainy season.
– I don’t think I would “advise against” Samui, I just personally prefer the “wilder” atmosphere and beauty of Koh Phangan. I don’t know what activities related to children you are talking about, but I’m not sure Samui has more to offer than Phangan in this respect. In any case, one or the other of the islands should allow you to appreciate the beautiful beaches anyway!
Hello,
Great blog. We would like to go to Thailand for our honeymoon from February 13 to 27, 2016, and see the north and the south. I like your itinerary 3, here is the one we were thinking of doing:
Ayutthaya, Kanchanaburi, Sukhothai, Chiang Mai then finish with an island in the south for relaxation and return to Bangkok
What do you think about the route? Because we don't want to be too fast and enjoy.
Do you have an island to recommend for a honeymoon?
Thank you
Hello Rachel,
Sorry for the delay in responding but I am in the process of moving and renovating in addition to leaving soon (the day after tomorrow) for a road trip to the north of Vietnam...
Start first with Kanchanabury then go up north through Ayutthaya then Sukhothai before reaching Chiang Mai.
For the south, for a first romantic getaway I would say that any island will do, Koh Samui with for example an excursion to the Ang Thong marine park should satisfy you!
Thank you for the compliment about the block and congratulations on your marriage!
Thank you for your answer
How many days do you recommend I stay in each city? Does 2 weeks seem good to you? Not too much of a rush?
Have a nice trip to Vietnam 😉
Hello Romain,
First of all, congratulations for your site, very complete and very interesting!
We are leaving from December 18th to January 02nd and we were wondering about the best place for New Year's Eve in Thailand, do you have any advice?
We are thinking of going on a route that is very similar to no. 3, we are “simply” hesitating between Pukhet or Koh Samui!
Hello Helene and thank you!
Knowing that you are leaving on the 2nd, I would tend to say that Bangkok would be your base for New Year's Eve anyway... Otherwise, Chiang Mai is a popular place in general to spend New Year's. As for your hesitation, I can't really help you... you have to make a choice... I personally don't have a preference, each having its advantages and disadvantages. You still have time to think about it 😉
Thank you very much for your reply!
We decided to spend New Year's Eve in Bangkok.
And for the islands, we finally ask ourselves the question of going rather to Ko Kut than to Pukhet or Koh Samui…
Hello Romain,
First of all, thank you for your great article!
We are going to Thailand (with a friend) from June 22 to July 7.
We will probably do route #3 on the Adaman side, hoping to do well enough to do it all =) Do you have any idea of the weather we might have on these dates?
I would also like to know how it is possible to go from one city to another, what is the most economical way (bus, taxi, rental, plane??)
Thank you in advance,
Mathilde
Hi Mathilde,
Weather-wise, you'll probably have a few thunderstorms in the late afternoon/early evening, usually they don't last more than an hour, nothing insurmountable, the sun will normally be out during the day!
Regarding transportation, it depends on which cities and which cities... overall the bus remains the most efficient in terms of quality/price ratio. The plane is very good and cheap to cover long distances (like to go from Bangkok to the south, either Krabi or Phuket in your choice), and on site, if you can drive (having an international license is preferable) rent a scooter to visit the surroundings.
In advance, have a nice stay!
Roman
Thank you very much for your answer, I was thinking for example between Bangkok and Sukhothai, between Sukhothai and Chiang Mai, Chiang Mai – Adaman… But we will surely see on site what seems better to us =) we both have our international license so no worries we will most certainly rent a scooter from time to time! Is it easy to book a flight at the last minute?
Thanks again,
Mathilde
Hi Romain,
Thank you very much for your reply and suggestion of Tonle Sap Lake.
And do you think it is possible to go to Battambang from Bangkok by bus to reach Siem Reap by boat?
Also for the internal flight from Phnom Penh, do you recommend Krabi or Phuket? Is AirAsia the cheapest? I heard that luggage is not included in the rates on the internet.
We look forward to seeing you!
Adrien
Hello Romain,
I would like to leave one more comment on your blog which is very interesting, hence its success.
My girlfriend and I have booked our return tickets to Bangkok from July 25th to August 18th. We've thought of an itinerary (Cambodia and Thailand, maybe you know Cambodia?) but we're not sure if it's really feasible or not…
– Arrival in Bangkok -> Siem Reap and Angkor temple in 3-4 days
– Phnom Penh in 3-4 days
– Flight from Phnom Penh to Pukhet (or Krabi) around August 3rd
– 3-4 days in Phuket / Krabi
– Koh Pangan around August 8th (half moon party…)
– Koh Tao: approx. 1 week (my girlfriend wants to take the PADI)
– Return to Bangkok via Chumphon
– 2-3 days in Bangkok (visit or excursions around)
What do you think? Is it feasible? Not too tiring? Any other suggestions?
Thank you very much in advance for your feedback.
Adrien
Hi Adrien,
It all seems well put together to me, except for Phnom Penh where I think 2 days are enough, but you could possibly plan an excursion to Tonlé Sap Lake in Kampong Chhnang.
Hello Romain,
Young couple, we plan to go to Thailand from December 2 to 22, 2015, cold/dry period
Paris-BKK
Concerning BKK we will spend 1 day there on arrival and possibly 1 day before departure.
We want to do an itinerary across the “whole country” combining temples, nature, animals (elephants), meeting northern civilizations but also rest and snorkeling for the end of the journey.
Bangkok,
Ayutthaya,
chiangmai,
Chiand Dao,
chiang rai,
Koh Samet?
Villages, rice fields, tribes to visit by bike or on foot? Boat/pirogue trip?
What would be your idea of an itinerary for 20 days on site (-2 days BKK on arrival and departure) by combining these aspects?
We are willing to take the internal plane (cheap!) and want to use the motorbike/scooter rental, tuk tuk as bike and others
Also, which island do you recommend for the end of our stay in the sun and relaxation without too many tourists but with beauty and snorkeling?
In terms of accommodation: good comfort/low price deals depending on the route?
A big THANK YOU in advance 🙂
Hello Francoise,
Based on your information, here is what I can say. In addition to Ayutthaya, I will add a stop in Sukhothai, just to complete the "historical" part of the visits and also to have a break between the long journey between Ayutthaya and Chiang Mai.
Once in Chiang Mai, I recommend the loop (by scooter) passing through Pai, Mae Lana, Mae Hong Son, Mae Sariang, with a stop at Doi Inthanon before returning to Chiang Mai. This is usually done over 4/5 days and offers a good overview of the northern mountains and its inhabitants.
From Chiang Rai, there is a nice loop to do by going to Chiang Saen then taking road 1149 which runs along Burma (see my article here) and stopping to visit Doi Tung and surroundings. For the boat trip, it is possible to reach Chiang Rai from Thaton by this means of transport (from where you can then easily reach Chiang Dao, an article will appear next month!).
As for the islands, having recently returned from Koh Mak (I invite you to read the article), I recommend a visit to the area, to combine for example with its neighbor Koh Kood (or Koh Chang but more touristy). To do this, you could for example take a flight from Chiang Mai to U Tapao airport (Pattaya) with the company Kan Air and then take a bus to Trat and finally the boat (I admit it's not the most practical if we compare a possible direct connection to Krabi or Phuket for example, but it's less touristy because of this)
For accommodation, I invite you first to read the respective articles on Bangkok et Chiang Mai, I don't yet have a list of pre-established hotels based on my experiences, but I plan to add all that to the blog one day!
Hello,
With a friend we are leaving from September 30 to October 28 in Thailand.
We would like to visit the north, Bangkok and go to the islands but it will be the monsoon season. Which islands would you recommend?
As for accommodation, we will alternate between guest houses and couchsurfing for a lower cost. Do you have any addresses of nice and not too expensive guest houses in Bangkok?
In any case, your site is very well done!
Hello,
At this time of year, you should rather go to the Andaman Sea side. For example, you can go to Krabi then Koh Lanta, in the area, Koh Muk, Koh Kradan or Koh Ngai are famous little paradises. For accommodation, have you taken a look at the article dedicated to accommodation in bangkok ? Thanks for the compliment 😉
Hello,
We are a group of 5 friends going to Cambodia on a volunteer mission in August, and we would have liked to spend 2 weeks in Thailand from July 13th and then arrive by land in Cambodia on July 24th. We land in Bangkok but we were hesitant about what to do at this time (of rain). We thought that the North might be more suitable than the islands? Would there be an island or beaches more suitable at this time of year? Is it worth it?
What do you advise us?
Thank you very much for your advice.
Hello,
In July the rainy season is quite bearable, whether in the north or the south, generally there are storms in the late afternoon with rain that lasts 1 hour maximum. So North or South, it doesn't matter... If you go to the Gulf of Thailand, you will have better weather, it's worth it but it's a question of choice, if you have 2 weeks, you can actually do a discovery trip including north and south, if you are pretty sure that you will come back, you can then concentrate on one area instead.
Hello,
I discovered your blog and I like it a lot. I also really appreciate your answers to everyone, thank you!
We are going to Thailand from December 18 to January 2, as a couple with our 16 year old son.
We have already spent two weeks there: Ayutthaya, Chiang Mai, Phuket and Bangkok. For a first discovery, it was great.
This time we want to discover something different. I was thinking about the East, for example taking time to go to UBON RATCHATHANI and finishing with at least 5 days of beach before taking the plane back to BKK.
I am also hesitant with the idea of going up quietly to UDON THANI and then going down directly to an island.
In short, I don't really know what route to prepare.
I don't want to spend time on transport, so I'm preferably looking for drop-off points with an airport that would save us time.
Do you have any advice for me?
(I know, I'm planning well in advance, but preparations are also part of the trip!!!)
Thanks in advance !
Hello,
Going east is a good idea! After between Udon Thani and Ubon Ratchathani there is a choice to make… Personally I only know the Ubon Ratchathani region for the moment, where I advise you for example to go to Sam Phan Bok, on the banks of the Mekong.
If you're going to go to these regions, I invite you to go to the islands in the eastern region! I just wrote the article about my recent stay in Koh Mak to give you an idea!
For transport, yes there are airports, but you will need to go back to Bangkok anyway, so waste of time anyway, otherwise you can try with the small company Kan Air, which offers some alternative direct flights, but the times and destinations are limited… but for example you could go from Ubon Ratchathani to U Tapa (Pattaya) and from there go down to Laem Ngop (Trat) to reach the pier leading to the local islands.
Hello Roman,
A few quick questions: is it advisable to book the Bangkok/Chang Mai night train in advance? To rent a motorbike or scooter in Chang Mai, do you know of any reputable rental companies that rent out machines with insurance in case of problems?
Thank you
Pascal
No, unless it's around Thai New Year, it's not really necessary to book the train. I've often rented motorbikes directly from the guesthouses where I was staying so I don't have any particular rental to recommend... Just know that as is the trend, you don't have to give your passport as a deposit, a photocopy will suffice but in return, the deposit will be in cash. Never had any problems with me.
Thank you for your speed, I also received your feedback for our personal request. I am moving forward on this route and will come back to you for any additional information and to tell you for Bangkok according to our overall budget (for an independent walk, how much to count per person and per day for approximately 2* accommodation and three local meals)
thank you
Pascal and Cecile
Hi Romain, great blog.
We are planning to go to Thailand from December 18th to January 4th, with our three children (25,22,10, XNUMX, XNUMX years old) and before our two older ones go their own way. I have blocked the Nice/Bangkok tickets. We are thinking of spending three days in the center of Bangkok (chern hotel) then taking the night train to Chang Mai and after???? We would like to visit especially the north of the country to see beautiful landscapes, see the history of Thailand and meet people. We all ride motorbikes and we are ready to rent machines if it is worth it, to go back down to the Kwai River and Bangkok for the return. So I am turning to you to give me some ideas for a roadbook, tell us if it is easy to use local transport, too dangerous to ride a motorbike, interest in spending New Year's Day in a specific place and especially if our idea of only doing the north is good or if we have to go back down a little lower on the way back to see nice things.
Thank you
Pascal and Cecile
Hi Pascal and thank you!
Given the length of time on site (roughly 15 days), it seems wise to focus on one area, so only doing the north seems coherent to me. Renting machines is the best way to discover the country. This can be dangerous for the uninitiated (driving on the left and almost non-existent highway code...), you just have to be careful and not forget your international license. On the other hand, I doubt that you can rent motorbikes from Chiang Mai to go back down to Bangkok. Generally, vehicles are rented in the city only to gravitate around (for example, you can do the "famous" loop starting from Chiang Mai and going to Pai, Mae Hong Son, Ban Mae Lana, Mae Sariang then return to Chiang Mai)
Otherwise it is easy to use local transport and there is no shortage of it. For the new year, given the dates, you would still be in Chiang Mai at that time, at least, I would stay there for the new year. On the other hand, that will leave more than 2 days to go back down and see the ancient capitals of Sukhothai and Ayutthaya, a bit rushed but quite doable.
Hello Romain,
I've made some progress on our itinerary. So, we arrive in Bangkok on May 17th, spend the day and night in Ayutthaya on the 20th, then head to Kanchanaburi (night of the 21st). Should we stay another night? After that, we'd like to take a night train to Koh Tao for four days, but I can't find a suitable hotel on Booking.com (do you have any accommodation recommendations?). Or perhaps we could go to Koh Phangan and fly back from Koh Samui.
Can you tell me what is the quickest way to get back to BKK from Koh Tao and how long the night train ride takes as well as the route to get to either island.
Is it possible to book private cars for transportation and how much does it cost? (For Ayutthaya and Kanchanaburi)
Thanks for your help and congratulations for your blog
Thank you again for your help.
Hello Patricia,
Knowing that on the 21st there will be the Ayutthaya-Kanchanaburi trip, which, without being very long, will eat up a bit of the day's time, I would say that yes, one more night would not be too much.
Regarding accommodation for Koh Tao, look at Agoda, you might have more luck finding what you're looking for. Personally, I stayed at Koh Tao Toscana Resort, it's not directly on the beach but really not far and good value for money I think.
A priori the fastest is indeed to return to Koh Samui and take the plane. To go from one island to another it is very easy, you can go to any agency and ask for a ticket, in general this includes the transfer from your hotel to the dock and they all practice the same prices. To travel around Bangkok, renting a car costs at least 80€ per day, not including gasoline. Know that you will need an international license to be able to drive in Thailand.
If you are looking for a car with driver, and more generally, I would like to take this opportunity to point out that I myself offer my services as a private driver (I am also an accompanying guide), if you are interested, do not hesitate to contact me via the form the contact page.
Thanks again for your encouragement!
Roman cuckoo
It's nice of you to be so involved and to respond to each person...
For my girlfriend's birthday, I would like to offer her flights for 15 days in Thailand during the first 2 weeks of November.
I found flights to Bangkok at a reasonable price.
But first of all, is it a good idea in terms of climate at this time?
thanks in advance
Hi! It seems natural to me! The purpose of a blog is not just to write and share, there must be a community around it, otherwise it would be like an empty shell 😉 So answering all the messages contributes to the life of the blog. To answer your question, November is not the best, but it is not the worst either.
Concretely, it's the end of the rainy season, so you might get a few dips in the evening, but you'll also be entitled to sunny days, in short, go for it, it's a very nice gift!
Hello,
We decided to leave at the end of May (for 12 days)
Arrival in BKK on 25/05, day on site
The next day in Ayutthaya
Departure on 27/05 for Kanchanaburi (2 days)
Departure for Huan Hin (2 days)
3 days in Krabi and back to BKK
Please tell me if these cities are interesting in terms of visiting and relaxing and if the journeys will not be too long because we would not want to spend our days or evenings on the bus. If you have any suggestions for us, please let us know.
cordially
Hello,
It all depends on what you call "too long". The journey between Hua Hin and Krabi for example is about 8 hours (I think there are night buses to get there). Hua Hin itself is not the best city to visit and relax, but the region is beautiful, especially the national park of Sam Roy Yot.
Hello Romain,
I see your blog is doing well. Congratulations, it's full of useful information. I'm going to Thailand at the last minute (found a cheap flight), from the end of March until the beginning of May. My goal is to get my scuba diving certification, and like many others, I'm a bit lost when it comes to choosing an island. I've heard good and bad things about Koh Tao, so I'm really confused. I've traveled a lot in Asia, always backpacking and without reservations, and to be honest, Thailand has never really appealed to me; I'm a bit wary of mass tourism. So I hope I won't be disappointed! I'll be spending 10 days (from April 1st to 11th) in the south to get my PADI certification, and then heading north where my friend will join me for about 20 days. Here is the draft of my itinerary (I'm a bit stuck on the south): arrival in BKK, heading to Chumphon, Koh Tao for 5 nights (Padi certification), Krabi (2 nights), Koh Lanta or somewhere else (3 nights), return to BKK to meet my friend on April 11th and then we'll see, but certainly something like this: Kanchanburri (2 or 3 nights), Ayutthaya (2 nights), Sukhothai (2 nights), Chiang Mai and surroundings (5 nights, we also want to do a cooking class), 7 nights to be scheduled somewhere and finally return flight to BKK and three nights there.
My questions are as follows:
-I arrive in BKK very early in the morning, like at 6am, is it possible to reach Chumphon (and if possible Koh Tao) that day? I know it will be super tiring, but I would like to save time 😉
-Which island do you recommend for good snorkeling and a good beach, and no mass tourism/concrete resorts (if such a thing exists)?
– My friend is arriving on April 11, should we book buses/trains/transport to Kanchaburri (I understand that it will be the Thai New Year, we were in Cambodia a few years ago at that time and many guesthouses were full)?
Thank you very much.
Hi Aurore,
Thanks for the compliment, success I don't know, in any case I'm happy that it fulfills this function, I'll inform you 😉
Koh Tao is not a bad choice for diving. In this season it is already quieter so for mass tourism it will help to get through. If you have 7 nights to fit somewhere, you can either do the loop from Chiang Mai, going to Pai, Mae Lana, Mae Hong Son, go down to Mae Sariang then go back up to Chiang Mai via Doi Inthanon (the highest peak in Thailand). Or the other option is to go to an even less visited region, Nan. I invite you to do a search on the blog to see some articles on this region!
It is quite possible to go directly to Chumphon, there is a departure at 9am, noon, 14pm, 20pm and the last one at 22pm, from the Southern Bus Terminal. After knowing that it is a 7 hour drive, and that the boats leave at 7am and 13pm, you will probably have to sleep one night there, unless you are up to taking a night boat at midnight... but it is like a fishing boat that makes the connection so zero comfort and 6 hours of travel (compared to less than 2 hours for the fast catamaran of Lomprayah...).
For an island that is not too concreted and without too many tourists, you can go to Koh Mak (I've just come back! See the photos on my facebook page) and Koh Kood. Otherwise there is Koh Yao Yai and Yao Noi, which I don't know personally but I have heard good things about them!
It is indeed New Year's Eve, so it is best to book as hotels are quite full during New Year.
Hello Romain,
You are in high demand and I will bother you too because your knowledge of Thailand would help me a lot! We are 2 friends from April 12 to 25 and we do not know what to do. I am not a great traveler, for the moment I have only done India with a backpack and my friend has not done any. A "custom" travel agency offers us support for trips on site (airports, then various transfers) + hotels and activities for 1200€/person. I find that expensive, and therefore plan to get by on site...
What itinerary would you recommend? Arrival on the 12th in the morning in BKK, for 2 days there, then Ayuttayah for 2 days and then? We want to spend at least 4 days on an island and see paradisiacal corners, avoiding if possible the overly touristy and party places... then a return for the last day and night in BKK?
IF possible with easy transfers, or even internal flights if not too expensive.
Thank you in advance !
Hello Camille,
India with a backpack is already a good start! What would be your budget for the two of you? I am also a tour guide myself and offer tailor-made trips that are completely customizable. If you are interested, contact me via the form on the contact page. Note that you will be in the middle of the Thai New Year period, public transport will be stormed, so it is better to book in advance, the same for hotels. For the itinerary, I just came back from Koh Mak, and I think island-wise you should like it (see on my facebook page to see some pictures)
Thank you for your quick response. As for the "tailor-made" trip, we finally opted for a "freedom" trip. We have a budget of €800/person.
After looking at transport and costs we came up with this route, let us know what you think:
-Bangkok the first 2 days where we are hosted by my friend's uncle.
– Ayuttayah 1 day and departure for Kanchanaburi at least 2 days.
– Kanchanaburi (what to do there? Knowing that we want to discover the Erawan Falls).
– Return to Bangkok then departure by plane for Koh Samui (we saw internal flights with bus and boat included).
– Koh Pha ngan 2 days and possibly a departure for Phuket to finish the stay.
– 2 days in Phuket and return to Bkk for the last day.
Do you think we have time to do everything, without overloading ourselves with transport? Is it better that we devote ourselves only to Koh Samui/Koh Pha Ngan for the rest of the stay, or is a stopover in Phuket and surroundings (Koh Lanta) possible?
For the budget, with 800€, can we consider this route??
Thank you very much.
Hello Camille,
Sorry for the "late" reply, I had to deal with a bug preventing me from responding to comments (among other things...) anyway.
The itinerary seems coherent to me, fair, the detour to Phuket seems too much to me. As you will be more on the Gulf of Thailand side, it seems fairer to me to stay there, if you have 2 extra days you can always go to Koh Tao rather than crossing to the other side for only 2 days in Phuket. 800€/person should be enough without any worries.
Don't apologize!! 🙂
Thank you again for all your advice! It's not urgent, I'm leaving in 1 month!
We will definitely do as you advise us: stay around Koh Samui, Koh Pha Ngan and actually make a little detour to Koh Tao!
I hope the weather will be nice!
Thanks again for this forum and for your site, rich in information!
Hello Romain,
First of all, thank you for this wealth of information that you make available to all the lucky Internet users who come across your blog!
Then I allow myself to write to you to ask you what you think of the 2-week itinerary (from March 14 to 28) of my brother and me for our first in Thailand:
– Days 1, 2 and 3: Bangkok
– Day 4: Ayutthaya
– Day 5: Morning – Return to Bangkok to take the bus to Kanchanaburi
– Day 6: Kanchanaburi
– Day 7: Return to Bangkok and flight to Phuket – Afternoon in Phuket
– Days 8, 9 and 10: An island that combines beauty, little concrete, activities (on and off) and which is not too crowded with tourists: Koh Lanta?
– Days 11, 12 and 13: An island that combines beauty, little concrete, activities (on and off) and which is not too crowded with tourists: Koh Yao?
– Day 14: Return to Phuket and departure early in the afternoon.
Thank you in advance for the time you will spend answering me and it will help me a lot!
Hi Fabian,
It doesn't seem too bad to me, the Koh Lanta, Koh Yao Yai combo should satisfy! Maybe if you go to Koh Lanta, it would be better to land in Krabi rather than Phuket (it's closer), otherwise I don't see what else to add! Good first stay! For my part I'm going to Koh Mak this afternoon!
Hello Roman,
First, I really like your blog, I find that the information is clear, clean and precise! In addition I see that you are very active on the forum!
Well finally, I am planning a trip to Thailand at the end of next April for 4 to 5 weeks. I would do Montreal-Bangkok around April 27th. Your itinerary #6 seems very interesting! My passion is architecture and I am interested in the culture of Asia. I would go alone with my backpack and my camera. So, here are my few questions:
1. In terms of architecture, ruins of civilizations, temples and monuments, what are the must-sees in your opinion?
2. Regarding the weather, I have no idea when the monsoon season is and what the conditions might be like during my stay.
3. In terms of budget, what is your opinion? 4-5 weeks including activities, meals and accommodation, what should I expect according to your experience? I am looking for hostels and lodges that are not too expensive.
4. What are the types of transportation? Is it very complicated to get around? Do I need to plan a lot of time for my trips?
5. Places, cities, activities to avoid?
6. Your itinerary #6 includes a domestic flight between Chiang Mai and Hat tai as I can understand. Economically speaking, how much should I expect?
I know that's a lot of questions... Thank you in advance for your time!
Hello,
Thanks for the compliment! So to answer your questions:
1. The must-sees are those already on the list, Ayutthay, the ancient capital, and Sukhothai, the first capital. Afterwards, if you have time, you can take a trip to Buriram and see temples of Khmer architecture such as Prasat Phanom Rung. It is now the architectural style of the Lanna kingdom, which was independent until the end of the XNUMXth century before being annexed by Siam.
2. The monsoon starts in May, but at first it remains mild, at worst, a big storm of one hour at the end of the afternoon and that's it (except for exceptions and the Koh Chang region, which is very rainy).
3. In general, the budget in Thailand is around €20 per day, less is possible but it's starting to be in "starvation" mode.
4. It is quite easy to get around in Thailand, the country is still well established in terms of tourism (both international and local), the bus is preferred because it is the fastest for the best price, the train is very slow in Thailand. It can be an option to admire the landscape by doing for example the Sukhothai (well, the station is in Phitsanulok)- Chiang Mai trip. For the travel times, it depends on the distances (that goes without saying...) but it must be taken into account to establish the program. For example Bangkok-Ayutthaya is only an hour, Ayutthaya - Sukhothai is at least 4-5 hours and as much to reach Chiang Mai then. To reach the south, it is better to take a direct plane from Chiang Mai, it avoids a very long journey on the roads.
5. No specific places, Thailand is relatively safe in general, only the 3 southern provinces are to be avoided (Pattani, Yala and Narathiwat), otherwise I would avoid Pattaya too but hey that's why I haven't included it in my itineraries...
6. It's not too expensive, hence the big advantage! I just looked, with the company AirAsia, it’s less than €45 (1 B) for a Chiang Mai-Hat Yai flight in mid-May.
This should hopefully answer this barrage of questions!
Also, I would like to know from Bangkok to Ko Pha Ngan how long does it take by bus? I am leaving for 3 months/3 countries and to tell the truth it is in the south of Thailand that I get lost the most! We would like to attend the full moon on August 1st and head towards the Phraya Nakhon Cave in the national park higher up… Is Kaew Cave worth it?
The bus ride to Surat Thani takes about 12 hours, then the ferry from Surat Thani to Koh Phangan adds about 2h30 to the overall travel time. Concerning the cave, if you are not claustrophobic, the experience can be worth it, the visit requires having a flashlight (possible to rent on site), however once inside be careful not to get lost because there are no signs...
Hello! I am leaving next June and I would like to know if it is possible to do Ko Phangnan, Ko Tao and Ko Samui (10 days) and then go back up to the Sam Roy Yot national park (3 days) and return to Bangkok? In 15 days, transport included, is it possible?
Thanks in advance for your reply!! 🙂
Hello Camille,
Yes, doing the 3 islands in 10 days seems feasible to me. On the other hand, for the Sam Roi Yod national park, I think that 2 days will be enough. The remaining 2 days will be for Bangkok I imagine?
Hi Romain,
Excellent blog, rich in information, well done.
We are leaving on Sunday, for 3 weeks, with a fairly standard itinerary: Bangkok departure from the airport for Pattaya (2 days), Ayutthaya (1 day), Sukkotai (1 day), Chiang Mai (5 days) (up to there, all by bus and backpack) then domestic flight to Krabi (1 day), an island (5 days) and Bangkok 4 days.
One question remains (yes, yes…so close to the departure point it still exists and what's more, it resembles a thousand others): Which island to choose (on the Andaman Sea side since we land in Krabi) knowing that we want - obviously - to have everything: not (too much) concrete, clear and inhabited water for snorkeling, some discoveries, a nice place to put down our suitcases - which does not mean luxurious - etc…
We were thinking of Koh Lanta, but Lonely Planet describes the beaches of this island as "mediocre".
In the area: Would Koh Mook or Koh Pradan be good places to stay?
And what about Koh Ngai and its coral reef for these 4 days?
Koh Phi Phi no longer seems -at all- authentic, while having its fans and its very attractive islets like Bamboo Island... (We don't give a damn about the beach in the film of the same name)
Koh Lipe seems far away for such a short time….
In short. You will have understood, we hesitate… and we thank you in advance for your enlightenment!
Hi Olivier,
Thanks for the compliments! Personally I would forget Pattaya which has nothing special to offer.. I would add the 2 days either for an island or in Krabi. Unfortunately I don't know all the islands yet and Koh Lanta and the surrounding islands are part of it... but I have heard good things about these 2 islands (Koh Mook and Koh Kradan) For my part I am also going to the beach soon, to Koh Mak, between Koh Chang and Koh Kood which is also a pretty place.
Koh Phi Phi is indeed a little too stormed by young people looking for THE beach and it is a place that has become a little too "party". Too bad because the surrounding archipelago is indeed magnificent (including Bamboo Island and its white sand!)
Hope this helps you a little…
Hello Romain, I'm going to Thailand with my boyfriend for two weeks. I've already been to ASIA several times but Thailand is a first.
I would like to combine discovery and relaxation, what would you advise me?
Hello Charlotte,
If you are looking for discovery and relaxation, a small north/south combo should satisfy you, a bit of exploration/trekking in the northern mountains, and an island for rest/relaxation 😉
Hello Romain,
I have one more question about the weather. I read that May is one of the hottest months, is that true? And does that pose a problem for visits to Bangkok and its surroundings. Should they be planned early in the morning?
For the island our choice is Ko Tao, should we plan our 3 or 4 nights on the same island or go to another one?
Thanks for your help again (to answer your question joseph is my name!)
Hello Patricia,
In fact, May is part of the summer, with March, April and May being the hottest time of the year. This is not a "problem" as such, but it is true that the heat can be quite overwhelming. You can indeed do early morning tours but in this season it gets hot quickly. If you only have 3 or 4 nights in total for the islands, I would stick to Koh Tao, or possibly stay one night in Chumphon to visit the surroundings.
Hello Romain,
We will be leaving from May 16th to 28th. We are thinking after spending a few days in Bangkok and its surroundings to head south to visit an island. At this time which side of the island do you recommend? We would like to take the train from Bangkok to go to the islands. I read in your other column that you are a guide, do you have a site or can you give us information on our email. There are 6 of us leaving.
thank you for your help
Patricia
Hello Patricia (?, the email says Joseph…)
At this time of year it is best to go to the Gulf of Thailand to avoid the rains as much as possible (even if it is not guaranteed that there will be none, but the season is slightly shifted between the Gulf and the Andaman coast). I am notably a guide via the platform Withlocals.com
For more information, do not hesitate to contact me directly via the contact form on the Contact Me page.
Hello,
I'm going to Thailand for 15 days (South only) and your blog is perfect. I'm going with a friend and we can't decide which islands we should focus on. It's the first time for both of us and we are aware that 15 days is not enough, especially since we would like to see as much as possible while having time to settle down and enjoy the places. In your opinion, for a first time, should we focus on the Krabi side with Koh Phi Phi etc or rather the other side of the country and go see Koh Samui, Koh Pha Ngan, etc.?
Just to clarify, we arrive in Bangkok, stay two nights and then leave for the South which leaves us with a 13-day tour of the islands.
Thank you very much in advance for your help.
Hello Samantha,
To answer already I would possibly need to know when you are leaving, because that could change the weather situation. Otherwise overall it is a question that I would not really know how to answer… For a first time, I would say that one or the other should satisfy you. Rest assured 13 days, only for the South, that is still correct and still leaves enough time to not have to rush too much.
Hello Romain,
Many thanks for your blog because now I can better visualize the possible itineraries in Thailand.
We are leaving in January 2016 with my partner for our honeymoon. We are very attracted by itinerary 03 because obviously we want to see as much as possible in 15 days. For the southern part, we are not very touristy sites of the "club" style but rather wild nature, backpacking... so our "choice" falls on the "Gulf of Thailand side". Does this choice seem good to you? Are there other less touristy islands in this area? (with hotels all the same...)
Thank you very much for your help.
Hello Amandine, as for the "less touristy" areas, you have to go somewhere other than the islands if you want to stay on the Gulf of Thailand side, otherwise on the Andaman Sea side, there are the islands of Koh Yao Yai and Yao Noi which are quieter.
Hello,
We're planning a trip to Thailand from May 16th to 27th. Is it possible to combine visiting temples with a few days on the beach? And which ones would you recommend?
Thanks for your help
Hello,
Yes it is possible, as explained in the previous message here, the closest beaches to Bangkok are towards Chonburi, but they are not the most beautiful beaches in Thailand. The closest islands are off Pattaya, Koh Larn and Koh Phai among others. Further south, off Rayong, you have the island of Koh Samet, normally quieter than the 2 near Pattaya.
Hello,
Your site is really nice, we are going to Thailand with my brothers for 7 days. It's the first time for us. Itinerary 1 seems quite nice to me given the images I saw on the net when I was looking for information on the cities mentioned. I would like to know by what means of transport these cities are connected? And is there a way to integrate a day where we would have the possibility of admiring a beautiful beach while remaining in the vicinity of Bangkok?
Thank you in advance for your answer
The closest beaches to Bangkok are in Chonburi, but they are not really paradise beaches. The closest islands are off Pattaya, Koh Larn and Koh Phai for example. A little further south, off Rayong, there is also Koh Samet. But doing a one-day excursion seems a bit tiring to me.
Hello,
We are thinking of leaving here at the end of January for 1 month, circuit 6 interests us, we are also divers, it is our first trip to Asia, what transport and accommodation did you use during the circuit, addresses and advice interest us.
please
Hello,
For the northern part of this circuit and in general anyway, I like to travel with my car, it gives me a more than appreciable freedom of movement. In your case, as you wish, you can mix, train, bus and plane, there is no "rule" or preference, it's according to your desires, you can take a look if it is not already done, at the dedicated article " How to get around in Thailand »
For accommodation I am a fervent user ofAgoda that I recommend to you, I generally sleep in hotels with a fairly low budget, with occasional exceptions, but I don't necessarily have a place to recommend more than another, since I change myself every time...
As for advice, feel free to ask me any other questions you have! In terms of diving, you should be well served in any case!
I left for 3 weeks with my wife and my 2 children, my 4 year old boy and my 2 year old daughter, we spent 4 days in Bangkok at Khao San Road, we visited the temples, then night train, bus and ferry for 5 days at Koh Samui, then direction Krabi on the weekend night market then Koh Lanta for 2 nights and 2 nights at Koh Phi Phi (visit to Maya Bay), then return night train for 2 days in Bangkok. This country is magnificent, we had a magnificent vacation
Glad to hear you enjoyed your stay! Now all you have to do is come back to visit the north and the rest 😉
Hello,
We are planning a trip to Thailand in the last two weeks of October with our 2 children (6 and 8 years old).
Which side would you recommend? Koh Samui or Krabi? We read that it was the monsoon season, so there was a risk of rain… but does it really rain a lot there???
Unfortunately, whether you go to Krabi or Koh Samui you will be entitled to rain... it's not a risk, it will rain for sure, after that it depends on the day but yes, it can rain a lot, even if generally it is concentrated in the form of thunderstorms normally lasting 1 hour, but the weather could be gray and sometimes rain all day...
Hello Romain, we are going to leave with my mother for 15 days from October 14th. So in view of your message, are there any islands to favor at this time or will it be the same throughout the country? Thanks in advance.
Hello,
At this time of year precisely, it is a transition period, so the weather will be roughly the same throughout the country. However, we are tending towards an improvement on the Andaman Sea side, so rather Phuket, Krabi for example. The same on the East coast, towards Koh Chang, Koh Kood.
The least favorable area is then towards Ko Samui, Koh Phangan.
Good evening, we are also going to Thailand for the first time, specifically to Khao Lak from 19/10/2019 to 02 November inclusive.
We would like to know what the weather would be like in southern Thailand during this period given that it will be the end of the monsoon? :)
Do you have any places you would recommend that are absolutely not to be missed for a first visit?
Hi,
In Khao Lak there should just be a little rain in the middle or rather late afternoon, but generally, it does not rain for long, they are often storms of 30 min to 1 hour max (except exceptions obviously). In the area, do not miss the Khao Sok national park and its lake (Cheow Lan Lake), you can spend a night there in a floating bungalow, in combination with a trek in the jungle of the park on a 2 days / 1 night package, generally offered by local agencies (see an example of a tower here).
You can also take a trip to the island of Ko Phra Thong, north of Khao Lak, I talk about it here on the blog: http://www.thailande-et-asie.com/ko-phra-thong-ile-paysage-unique
Hello,
just a quick question I am leaving from July 31 to September 3 in Thailand our small family is made up of 2 adults and 2 children aged 5 and 6. I wanted to know if I can apply your recommendations for a month-long visit with the two children or is the pace too fast? what do you advise me? (I would like to take them on elephant rides to see heavenly landscapes...) we have been living in Africa for many years on behalf of Véoli... Water. I would like to visit Asia for a change; besides that will make us more than 20 hours of flight on Emirates
Thank you in advance for your help
Hello,
The pace may be a bit fast with children, but some stages are not essential, for example you can go directly from Sukhothai to Nan and stay a little longer on site, or stay elsewhere. For the south you can not go as far as Koh Tarutao / Koh Lipe and be content with the region towards Krabi, Koh Lanta by making an excursion to Koh Phi Phi for example. For the elephant ride I unfortunately have difficulty recommending it because I know how elephants are generally trained and it is quite sad but for a successful experience with elephants I advise you to go to Elephant nature park.
I have no doubt that whatever you do, Asia will definitely give you a change of scenery!
Hello Romain, your blog is great.
My husband and I want to go to Thailand from 20/08 to 6/09/14 to visit Bangkok, Koh Tao and Koh Phan Gan (it's our first trip to Asia).
We were planning to start with 3 days in Bangkok to visit the historical sites, then Koh Tao for 4 days, Koh Phangan for 7 days, and finish with 2 days back in Bangkok for shopping. But given the time of year we're traveling, we're wondering if we shouldn't head straight to the islands and visit Bangkok last.
Can you tell me if the weather at this time of year is too risky, please?
Thank you Nadine for the compliment! Generally speaking, August/September falls in the middle of the monsoon season, but in Phangan and Koh Tao it is not yet the worst (the peak of rain in this region is in November), so at this time you will probably have a few showers in the late afternoon or evening but nothing insurmountable. On the other hand, for Bangkok it will probably be almost permanently gray skies and rain also at the end of the day (or sometimes during the day too). In my opinion it is better that you go to the south first because you have to go back to Bangkok anyway, so you might as well group the visit and shopping part at the end of your stay.
Hi Romain,
Well, I did much worse than your intro, I only stayed in Thailand for a few days in Bangkok for visas then Bangkok – Poipet, then Trat border near Pakse and finally Chiang Rai – Bangkok. In short, anything, from bus to bus to bus!
But I'm bound to fix that one day, so your itineraries are likely to interest me. The 4th appeals to me more. What could it be like if we extend it for a month?
I thought you had never set foot in Thailand, you're teaching me something good! If you extend by a month you can then go through the northern part of itinerary 6, namely passing through the ancient capitals of Ayutthaya then Sukhothai, going up to the province of Nan then to Chiang Rai. From there you can visit the "Golden Triangle" region and the Mae Salong region before continuing itinerary 4 from Chiang Mai.
During our 3-week trip to Thailand we did almost the Itinerary 3, overview. And it is aptly named. I just recommend doing a whole on the Similan Islands which are magnificent and the snorkeling on these islands is great.
Let's say that since it's for an "overview" I recommend first seeing the most famous islands (because it's not for nothing that they are known), The Similans are certainly magnificent but rather reserved for those who like diving since there is really nothing else to do.